Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving channel state information in wireless communication system

ABSTRACT

Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving channel state information in a wireless communication system. A method for transmitting channel state information (CSI) according to an embodiment of the present disclosure may comprise the steps of: receiving configuration information related to the CSI from a base station, wherein the configuration information includes information on a CSI-RS resource set; receiving a CSI-reference signal (CSI-RS) from the base station; and transmitting the CSI to the base station on the basis of the configuration information and the CSI-RS. The CSI may include a first CSI set based on a single CSI resource in the CSI-RS resource set and/or a second CSI set based on a CSI-RS resource combination in the CSI-RS resource set, and the number of CSI processing units (CPUs) required for calculation of the second CSI set and the number of CPUs required for calculation of the first CSI set may be individually determined.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation application of U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 17/799,483, filed on Aug. 22, 202, which is theNational Stage Filing under 35 U.S.C. 371 of International ApplicationNo. PCT/KR2021/001909, filed on Feb. 15, 2021, which claims the benefitof earlier filing date and right of priority to Korean Application No.10-2020-0018004, filed on Feb. 13, 2020, No. 10-2020-0021303, filed onFeb. 20, 2020, No. 10-2020-0043652, filed on Apr. 9, 2020, No.10-2020-0087801, filed on Jul. 15, 2020, No. 10-2020-0187575, filed onDec. 30, 2020, the contents of which are all hereby incorporated byreference herein in their entirety.

TECHNICAL FIELD

The present disclosure relates to a wireless communication system, andin more detail, relates to a method and an apparatus of transmitting andreceiving channel state information in a wireless communication system.

BACKGROUND ART

A mobile communication system has been developed to provide a voiceservice while guaranteeing mobility of users. However, a mobilecommunication system has extended even to a data service as well as avoice service, and currently, an explosive traffic increase has causedshortage of resources and users have demanded a faster service, so amore advanced mobile communication system has been required.

The requirements of a next-generation mobile communication system atlarge should be able to support accommodation of explosive data traffic,a remarkable increase in a transmission rate per user, accommodation ofthe significantly increased number of connected devices, very lowEnd-to-End latency and high energy efficiency. To this end, a variety oftechnologies such as Dual Connectivity, Massive Multiple Input MultipleOutput (Massive MIMO), In-band Full Duplex, Non-Orthogonal MultipleAccess (NOMA), Super wideband Support, Device Networking, etc. have beenresearched.

DISCLOSURE Technical Problem

A technical object of the present disclosure is to provide a method andan apparatus of transmitting and receiving channel state information.

In addition, an additional technical object of the present disclosure isto provide a method and an apparatus of transmitting and receiving jointchannel state information for a channel state information referencesignal (CSI-RS) transmitted from multiple TRPs (transmission receptionpoint).

In addition, an addition technical object of the present disclosure isto provide a method and an apparatus of counting CSI processing unitsrequired to calculate channel state information in a terminal.

The technical objects to be achieved by the present disclosure are notlimited to the above-described technical objects, and other technicalobjects which are not described herein will be clearly understood bythose skilled in the pertinent art from the following description.

Technical Solution

A method of transmitting channel state information (CSI) in a wirelesscommunication system according to an aspect of the present disclosuremay include: receiving configuration information related to the CSI froma base station, wherein the configuration information includesinformation on a CSI-RS resource set; receiving a CSI-reference signal(CSI-RS) from the base station; and transmitting CSI to the base stationbased on the configuration information and the CSI-RS. The CSI mayinclude a first CSI set based on a single CSI resource in the CSI-RSresource set and/or a second CSI set based on a CSI-RS resourcecombination in the CSI-RS resource set, and the number of CSI processingunits (CPUs) required for calculation of the second CSI set and thenumber of CPUs required for calculation of the first CSI set may beindividually determined.

A terminal transmitting channel state information (CSI) according to anadditional aspect of the present disclosure may include at least onetransceiver for transmitting and receiving a wireless signal and atleast one processor controlling the at least one transceiver. The atleast one processor may be configured to: receive configurationinformation related to the CSI from a base station, wherein theconfiguration information includes information on a CSI-RS resource set;receive a CSI-reference signal (CSI-RS) from the base station; andtransmit CSI to the base station based on the configuration informationand the CSI-RS. The CSI may include a first CSI set based on a singleCSI resource in the CSI-RS resource set and/or a second CSI set based ona CSI-RS resource combination in the CSI-RS resource set, and the numberof CSI processing units (CPUs) required for calculation of the secondCSI set and the number of CPUs required for calculation of the first CSIset may be individually determined.

In at least one non-transitory computer-readable medium storing at leastone instruction, the at least one instruction executable by at least oneprocessor may control a device to: receive configuration informationrelated to the CSI from a base station, wherein the configurationinformation includes information on a CSI-RS resource set; receive aCSI-reference signal (CSI-RS) from the base station; and transmit CSI tothe base station based on the configuration information and the CSI-RS.The CSI may include a first CSI set based on a single CSI resource inthe CSI-RS resource set and/or a second CSI set based on a CSI-RSresource combination in the CSI-RS resource set, and the number of CSIprocessing units (CPUs) required for calculation of the second CSI setand the number of CPUs required for calculation of the first CSI set maybe individually determined.

A processing apparatus configured to control a terminal for transmittingCSI (channel state information) in a wireless communication system mayinclude at least one processor; and at least one computer memoryoperably connected to the at least one processor and storinginstructions that, based on being executed by the at least oneprocessor, perfume operations. The operations may include: receivingconfiguration information related to the CSI from a base station,wherein the configuration information includes information on a CSI-RSresource set; receiving a CSI-reference signal (CSI-RS) from the basestation; and transmitting CSI to the base station based on theconfiguration information and the CSI-RS. The CSI may include a firstCSI set based on a single CSI resource in the CSI-RS resource set and/ora second CSI set based on a CSI-RS resource combination in the CSI-RSresource set, and the number of CSI processing units (CPUs) required forcalculation of the second CSI set and the number of CPUs required forcalculation of the first CSI set may be individually determined.

Preferably, the CSI-RS resource set may include M (M is a naturalnumber) CSI-RS resource groups.

Preferably, the number of CPUs required for calculation of the secondCSI set may be determined based on the number of CSI-RS resourcesincluded in the CSI-RS resource group.

Preferably, the number of CPUs required for calculation of the secondCSI set may be determined based on the number of combinable CSI-RSresource combinations from the M CSI-RS resource groups.

Preferably, the number of CPUs required for calculation of the secondCSI set may be determined based on twice the number of combinable CSI-RSresource combinations from the M CSI-RS resource groups.

Preferably, based on N′ CSI-RS resource combinations in N (N≤M, N is anatural number) CSI-RS resource groups are configured from the M CSI-RSresource groups for reporting the CSI, the number of CPUs required forcalculation of the second CSI set may be determined based on the numberof N′ CSI-RS resource combinations in the N CSI-RS resource group.

Preferably, the number of CPUs required for calculation of the secondCSI set may be determined based on twice the number of combinations ofN′ CSI-RS resources in the N CSI-RS resource group.

Advantageous Effects

According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, optimum channelstate information for performing transmission of multiple TRPs(transmission reception point) may be acquired/reported.

In addition, according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, asoptimum channel state information for performing transmission ofmultiple TRPs (transmission reception point) is acquired/reported, moresuitable link adaptation may be performed.

In addition, according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, asthe optimum channel state information for performing transmission ofmultiple TRPs (transmission reception point) is acquired/reported,performance of a wireless communication system may be improved.

In addition, according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, byseparately counting CSI processing units required for CSI calculationfor transmission of multiple transmission reception points (TRPs) fromtransmission of a single TRP, complexity of a terminal cannot beweighted.

Effects achievable by the present disclosure are not limited to theabove-described effects, and other effects which are not describedherein may be clearly understood by those skilled in the pertinent artfrom the following description.

DESCRIPTION OF DIAGRAMS

Accompanying drawings included as part of detailed description forunderstanding the present disclosure provide embodiments of the presentdisclosure and describe technical features of the present disclosurewith detailed description.

FIG. 1 illustrates a structure of a wireless communication system towhich the present disclosure may be applied.

FIG. 2 illustrates a frame structure in a wireless communication systemto which the present disclosure may be applied.

FIG. 3 illustrates a resource grid in a wireless communication system towhich the present disclosure may be applied.

FIG. 4 illustrates a physical resource block in a wireless communicationsystem to which the present disclosure may be applied.

FIG. 5 illustrates a slot structure in a wireless communication systemto which the present disclosure may be applied.

FIG. 6 illustrates physical channels used in a wireless communicationsystem to which the present disclosure may be applied and a generalsignal transmission and reception method using them.

FIG. 7 is a diagram which illustrates a downlink beam managementoperation in a wireless communication system to which the presentdisclosure may be applied.

FIG. 8 is a diagram which illustrates a downlink beam managementprocedure using a SSB in a wireless communication system to which thepresent disclosure may be applied.

FIG. 9 is a diagram which illustrates a downlink beam managementoperation using a CSI-RS in a wireless communication system to which thepresent disclosure may be applied.

FIG. 10 is a diagram which illustrates a Rx beam determination processof a terminal in a wireless communication system to which the presentdisclosure may be applied.

FIG. 11 is a diagram which illustrates a Tx beam determination processof a base station in a wireless communication system to which thepresent disclosure may be applied.

FIG. 12 is a diagram which illustrates resource allocation in a time andfrequency domain related to a downlink beam management operation in awireless communication system to which the present disclosure may beapplied.

FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an uplink beam management operationusing an SRS in a wireless communication system to which the presentdisclosure may be applied.

FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating an uplink beam management procedure ina wireless communication system to which the present disclosure may beapplied.

FIG. 15 illustrates a method of transmitting multiple TRPs in a wirelesscommunication system to which the present disclosure may be applied.

FIG. 16 illustrates an interference signal of a terminal whentransmitting multiple TRPs in a wireless communication system to whichthe present disclosure may be applied.

FIG. 17 illustrates a CSI set and a resource group in a resource setaccording to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 18 illustrates a CSI set and a resource group in a resource setaccording to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIGS. 19 and 20 illustrate a CSI set and a resource group in a resourceset according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 21 illustrates information on a CDM group and a DMRS portcorresponding to each layer based on all RIs according to an embodimentof the present disclosure.

FIG. 22 is a diagram which illustrates a mapping relation with aresource for channel measurement and a resource for interferencemeasurement in a wireless communication system to which the presentdisclosure may be applied.

FIGS. 23 to 25 are a diagram which illustrates a mapping relation with aresource for channel measurement and a resource for interferencemeasurement according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 26 illustrates an operation which receives CSI-RSs that differentmultiple QCL type D reference resources are configured according to anembodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 27 illustrates a resource set and a CSI set according to anembodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 28 illustrates a CSI set and a resource group in a resource setaccording to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIGS. 29 and 30 illustrate a CSI set and a resource group in a resourceset according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 31 illustrates information on a CDM group and a DMRS portcorresponding to each layer based on all RIs according to an embodimentof the present disclosure.

FIGS. 32 to 34 are a diagram which illustrates a mapping relation with aresource for channel measurement and a resource for interferencemeasurement according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 35 illustrates an operation which receives CSI-RSs that differentmultiple QCL type D reference resources are configured according to anembodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 36 is a diagram which illustrates a method for transmitting andreceiving channel state information according to an embodiment of thepresent disclosure.

FIG. 37 is a diagram which illustrates an operation of a terminal fortransmitting channel state information according to an embodiment of thepresent disclosure.

FIG. 38 is a diagram which illustrates an operation of a base stationfor receiving channel state information according to an embodiment ofthe present disclosure.

FIG. 39 illustrates a block diagram of a wireless communication deviceaccording to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 40 illustrates a vehicle device according to an embodiment of thepresent disclosure.

BEST MODE

Hereinafter, embodiments according to the present disclosure will bedescribed in detail by referring to accompanying drawings. Detaileddescription to be disclosed with accompanying drawings is to describeexemplary embodiments of the present disclosure and is not to representthe only embodiment that the present disclosure may be implemented. Thefollowing detailed description includes specific details to providecomplete understanding of the present disclosure. However, those skilledin the pertinent art knows that the present disclosure may beimplemented without such specific details.

In some cases, known structures and devices may be omitted or may beshown in a form of a block diagram based on a core function of eachstructure and device in order to prevent a concept of the presentdisclosure from being ambiguous.

In the present disclosure, when an element is referred to as being“connected”, “combined” or “linked” to another element, it may includean indirect connection relation that yet another element presentstherebetween as well as a direct connection relation. In addition, inthe present disclosure, a term, “include” or “have”, specifies thepresence of a mentioned feature, step, operation, component and/orelement, but it does not exclude the presence or addition of one or moreother features, stages, operations, components, elements and/or theirgroups.

In the present disclosure, a term such as “first”, “second”, etc. isused only to distinguish one element from other element and is not usedto limit elements, and unless otherwise specified, it does not limit anorder or importance, etc. between elements. Accordingly, within a scopeof the present disclosure, a first element in an embodiment may bereferred to as a second element in another embodiment and likewise, asecond element in an embodiment may be referred to as a first element inanother embodiment.

A term used in the present disclosure is to describe a specificembodiment, and is not to limit a claim. As used in a described andattached claim of an embodiment, a singular form is intended to includea plural form, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. A termused in the present disclosure, “and/or”, may refer to one of relatedenumerated items or it means that it refers to and includes any and allpossible combinations of two or more of them. In addition, “/” betweenwords in the present disclosure has the same meaning as “and/or”, unlessotherwise described.

The present disclosure describes a wireless communication network or awireless communication system, and an operation performed in a wirelesscommunication network may be performed in a process in which a device(e.g., a base station) controlling a corresponding wirelesscommunication network controls a network and transmits or receives asignal, or may be performed in a process in which a terminal associatedto a corresponding wireless network transmits or receives a signal witha network or between terminals.

In the present disclosure, transmitting or receiving a channel includesa meaning of transmitting or receiving information or a signal through acorresponding channel. For example, transmitting a control channel meansthat control information or a control signal is transmitted through acontrol channel. Similarly, transmitting a data channel means that datainformation or a data signal is transmitted through a data channel.

Hereinafter, a downlink (DL) means a communication from a base stationto a terminal and an uplink (UL) means a communication from a terminalto a base station. In a downlink, a transmitter may be part of a basestation and a receiver may be part of a terminal. In an uplink, atransmitter may be part of a terminal and a receiver may be part of abase station. A base station may be expressed as a first communicationdevice and a terminal may be expressed as a second communication device.A base station (BS) may be substituted with a term such as a fixedstation, a Node B, an eNB (evolved-NodeB), a gNB (Next GenerationNodeB), a BTS (base transceiver system), an Access Point (AP), a Network(5G network), an AI (Artificial Intelligence) system/module, an RSU(road side unit), a robot, a drone (UAV: Unmanned Aerial Vehicle), an AR(Augmented Reality) device, a VR (Virtual Reality) device, etc. Inaddition, a terminal may be fixed or mobile, and may be substituted witha term such as a UE (User Equipment), an MS (Mobile Station), a UT (userterminal), an MSS (Mobile Subscriber Station), an SS (SubscriberStation), an AMS (Advanced Mobile Station), a WT (Wireless terminal), anMTC (Machine-Type Communication) device, an M2M (Machine-to-Machine)device, a D2D (Device-to-Device) device, a vehicle, an RSU (road sideunit), a robot, an AI (Artificial Intelligence) module, a drone (UAV:Unmanned Aerial Vehicle), an AR (Augmented Reality) device, a VR(Virtual Reality) device, etc.

The following description may be used for a variety of radio accesssystems such as CDMA, FDMA, TDMA, OFDMA, SC-FDMA, etc. CDMA may beimplemented by a wireless technology such as UTRA (Universal TerrestrialRadio Access) or CDMA2000. TDMA may be implemented by a radio technologysuch as GSM (Global System for Mobile communications)/GPRS (GeneralPacket Radio Service)/EDGE (Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution).OFDMA may be implemented by a radio technology such as IEEE 802.11(Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802-20, E-UTRA (Evolved UTRA), etc.UTRA is a part of a UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System).3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) LTE (Long Term Evolution) is apart of an E-UMTS (Evolved UMTS) using E-UTRA and LTE-A (Advanced)/LTE-Apro is an advanced version of 3GPP LTE. 3GPP NR (New Radio or New RadioAccess Technology) is an advanced version of 3GPP LTE/LTE-A/LTE-A pro.

To clarify description, it is described based on a 3GPP communicationsystem (e.g., LTE-A, NR), but a technical idea of the present disclosureis not limited thereto. LTE means a technology after 3GPP TS (TechnicalSpecification) 36.xxx Release 8. In detail, an LTE technology in orafter 3GPP TS 36.xxx Release 10 is referred to as LTE-A and an LTEtechnology in or after 3GPP TS 36.xxx Release 13 is referred to as LTE-Apro. 3GPP NR means a technology in or after TS 38.xxx Release 15. LTE/NRmay be referred to as a 3GPP system. “xxx” means a detailed number for astandard document. LTE/NR may be commonly referred to as a 3GPP system.For a background art, a term, an abbreviation, etc. used to describe thepresent disclosure, matters described in a standard document disclosedbefore the present disclosure may be referred to. For example, thefollowing document may be referred to.

For 3GPP LTE, TS 36.211 (physical channels and modulation), TS 36.212(multiplexing and channel coding), TS 36.213 (physical layerprocedures), TS 36.300 (overall description), TS 36.331 (radio resourcecontrol) may be referred to.

For 3GPP NR, TS 38.211 (physical channels and modulation), TS 38.212(multiplexing and channel coding), TS 38.213 (physical layer proceduresfor control), TS 38.214 (physical layer procedures for data), TS 38.300(NR and NG-RAN(New Generation-Radio Access Network) overalldescription), TS 38.331 (radio resource control protocol specification)may be referred to.

Abbreviations of terms which may be used in the present disclosure isdefined as follows.

-   -   BM: beam management    -   CQI: Channel Quality Indicator    -   CRI: channel state information—reference signal resource        indicator    -   CSI: channel state information    -   CSI-IM: channel state information—interference measurement    -   CSI-RS: channel state information reference signal    -   DMRS: demodulation reference signal    -   FDM: frequency division multiplexing    -   FFT: fast Fourier transform    -   IFDMA: interleaved frequency division multiple access    -   IFFT: inverse fast Fourier transform    -   L1-RSRP: Layer 1 reference signal received power    -   L1-RSRQ: Layer 1 reference signal received quality    -   MAC: medium access control    -   NZP: non-zero power    -   OFDM: orthogonal frequency division multiplexing    -   PDCCH: physical downlink control channel    -   PDSCH: physical downlink shared channel    -   PMI: precoding matrix indicator    -   RE: resource element    -   RI: Rank indicator    -   RRC: radio resource control    -   RSSI: received signal strength indicator    -   Rx: Reception    -   QCL: quasi co-location    -   SINR: signal to interference and noise ratio    -   SSB (or SS/PBCH block): Synchronization signal block (including        PSS (primary synchronization signal), SSS (secondary        synchronization signal) and PBCH (physical broadcast channel))    -   TDM: time division multiplexing    -   TRP: transmission and reception point    -   TRS: tracking reference signal    -   Tx: transmission    -   UE: user equipment    -   ZP: zero power

Overall System

As more communication devices have required a higher capacity, a needfor an improved mobile broadband communication compared to the existingradio access technology (RAT) has emerged. In addition, massive MTC(Machine Type Communications) providing a variety of services anytimeand anywhere by connecting a plurality of devices and things is also oneof main issues which will be considered in a next-generationcommunication. Furthermore, a communication system design considering aservice/a terminal sensitive to reliability and latency is alsodiscussed. As such, introduction of a next-generation RAT consideringeMBB (enhanced mobile broadband communication), mMTC (massive MTC),URLLC (Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communication), etc. is discussedand, for convenience, a corresponding technology is referred to as NR inthe present disclosure. NR is an expression which represents an exampleof a 5G RAT.

A new RAT system including NR uses an OFDM transmission method or atransmission method similar to it. A new RAT system may follow OFDMparameters different from OFDM parameters of LTE. Alternatively, a newRAT system follows a numerology of the existing LTE/LTE-A as it is, butmay support a wider system bandwidth (e.g., 100 MHz). Alternatively, onecell may support a plurality of numerologies. In other words, terminalswhich operate in accordance with different numerologies may coexist inone cell.

A numerology corresponds to one subcarrier spacing in a frequencydomain. As a reference subcarrier spacing is scaled by an integer N, adifferent numerology may be defined.

FIG. 1 illustrates a structure of a wireless communication system towhich the present disclosure may be applied.

In reference to FIG. 1 , NG-RAN is configured with gNBs which provide acontrol plane (RRC) protocol end for a NG-RA (NG-Radio Access) userplane (i.e., a new AS (access stratum) sublayer/PDCP (Packet DataConvergence Protocol)/RLC (Radio Link Control)/MAC/PHY) and UE. The gNBsare interconnected through a Xn interface. The gNB, in addition, isconnected to an NGC (New Generation Core) through an NG interface. Inmore detail, the gNB is connected to an AMF (Access and MobilityManagement Function) through an N2 interface, and is connected to a UPF(User Plane Function) through an N3 interface.

FIG. 2 illustrates a frame structure in a wireless communication systemto which the present disclosure may be applied.

A NR system may support a plurality of numerologies. Here, a numerologymay be defined by a subcarrier spacing and a cyclic prefix (CP)overhead. Here, a plurality of subcarrier spacings may be derived byscaling a basic (reference) subcarrier spacing by an integer N (or, μ).In addition, although it is assumed that a very low subcarrier spacingis not used in a very high carrier frequency, a used numerology may beselected independently from a frequency band. In addition, a variety offrame structures according to a plurality of numerologies may besupported in a NR system.

Hereinafter, an OFDM numerology and frame structure which may beconsidered in a NR system will be described. A plurality of OFDMnumerologies supported in a NR system may be defined as in the followingTable 1.

TABLE 1 μ Δf=2^(μ) · 15 [kHz] CP 0 15 Normal 1 30 Normal 2 60 Normal,Extended 3 120 Normal 4 240 Normal

NR supports a plurality of numerologies (or subcarrier spacings (SCS))for supporting a variety of 5G services. For example, when a SCS is 15kHz, a wide area in traditional cellular bands is supported, and when aSCS is 30 kHz/60 kHz, dense-urban, lower latency and a wider carrierbandwidth are supported, and when a SCS is 60 kHz or higher, a bandwidthwider than 24.25 GHz is supported to overcome a phase noise. An NRfrequency band is defined as a frequency range in two types (FR1, FR2).FR1, FR2 may be configured as in the following Table 2. In addition, FR2may mean a millimeter wave (mmW).

TABLE 2 Frequency Corresponding Range frequency Subcarrier designationrange Spacing FR1  410 MHz- 15, 30, 60 kHz  7125 MHz FR2 24250 MHz- 60,120, 52600 MHz 240 kHz

Regarding a frame structure in an NR system, a size of a variety offields in a time domain is expresses as a multiple of a time unit ofT_(c)=1/(Δf_(max)·N_(f)). Here, Δf_(max) is 480·103 Hz and N_(f) is4096. Downlink and uplink transmission is configured (organized) with aradio frame having a duration of T_(f)=1/(Δf_(max)N_(f)/100)·T_(c)=10ms. Here, a radio frame is configured with 10 subframes having aduration of T_(sf)=(Δf_(max)N_(f)/1000)·T_(c)=1 ms, respectively. Inthis case, there may be one set of frames for an uplink and one set offrames for a downlink. In addition, transmission in an uplink frame No.i from a terminal should start earlier byT_(TA)=(N_(TA)+N_(TA,offset))T_(c) than a corresponding downlink framein a corresponding terminal starts. For a subcarrier spacingconfiguration μ, slots are numbered in an increasing order of n_(s)^(μ)∈{0, . . . , N_(slot) ^(subframe,μ)−1} in a subframe and arenumbered in an increasing order of n_(s,f) ^(μ)∈{0, . . . , N_(slot)^(frame,μ)−1} in a radio frame. One slot is configured with N_(symb)^(slot) consecutive OFDM symbols and N_(symb) ^(slot) is determinedaccording to CP. A start of a slot n_(s) ^(μ) in a subframe istemporally arranged with a start of an OFDM symbol N_(s) ^(μ)N_(symb)^(slot) in the same subframe. All terminals may not perform transmissionand reception at the same time, which means that all OFDM symbols of adownlink slot or an uplink slot may not be used. Table 3 represents thenumber of OFDM symbols per slot (N_(symb) ^(slot)), the number of slotsper radio frame (N_(slot) ^(frame,μ)) and the number of slots persubframe (N_(slot) ^(subframe,μ)) in a normal CP and Table 4 representsthe number of OFDM symbols per slot, the number of slots per radio frameand the number of slots per subframe in an extended CP.

TABLE 3 μ N_(symb) ^(slot) N_(slot) ^(frame, μ) N_(slot) ^(subframe, μ)0 14 10 1 1 14 20 2 2 14 40 4 3 14 80 8 4 14 160 16

TABLE 4 μ N_(symb) ^(slot) N_(slot) ^(frame, μ) N_(slot) ^(subframe, μ)2 12 40 4

FIG. 2 is an example on μ=2 (SCS is 60 kHz), 1 subframe may include 4slots referring to Table 3. 1 subframe={1,2,4} slot shown in FIG. 2 isan example, the number of slots which may be included in 1 subframe isdefined as in Table 3 or Table 4. In addition, a mini-slot may include2, 4 or 7 symbols or more or less symbols. Regarding a physical resourcein a NR system, an antenna port, a resource grid, a resource element, aresource block, a carrier part, etc. may be considered. Hereinafter, thephysical resources which may be considered in an NR system will bedescribed in detail.

First, in relation to an antenna port, an antenna port is defined sothat a channel where a symbol in an antenna port is carried can beinferred from a channel where other symbol in the same antenna port iscarried. When a large-scale property of a channel where a symbol in oneantenna port is carried may be inferred from a channel where a symbol inother antenna port is carried, it may be said that 2 antenna ports arein a QC/QCL (quasi co-located or quasi co-location) relationship. Inthis case, the large-scale property includes at least one of delayspread, doppler spread, frequency shift, average received power,received timing.

FIG. 3 illustrates a resource grid in a wireless communication system towhich the present disclosure may be applied.

In reference to FIG. 3 , it is illustratively described that a resourcegrid is configured with N_(RB) ^(μ)N_(sc) ^(RB) subcarriers in afrequency domain and one subframe is configured with 14·2^(μ) OFDMsymbols, but it is not limited thereto. In an NR system, a transmittedsignal is described by OFDM symbols of 2^(μ)N_(symb) ^((μ)) and one ormore resource grids configured with N_(RB) ^(μ)N_(sc) ^(RB) subcarriers.Here, N_(RB) ^(μ)≤N_(RB) ^(max,μ). The N_(RB) ^(max,μ) represents amaximum transmission bandwidth, which may be different between an uplinkand a downlink as well as between numerologies. In this case, oneresource grid may be configured per μ and antenna port p. Each elementof a resource grid for μ and an antenna port p is referred to as aresource element and is uniquely identified by an index pair (k,l′).Here, k=0, . . . , N_(RB) ^(μ)N_(sc) ^(RB)−1 is an index in a frequencydomain and l′=0, . . . , 2^(μ)N_(symb) ^((μ))−1 refers to a position ofa symbol in a subframe. When referring to a resource element in a slot,an index pair (k,l) is used. Here, l=0, . . . , N_(symb) ^(μ)−1. Aresource element (k,l′) for μ and an antenna port p corresponds to acomplex value, a_(k,l′) ^((p,μ)). When there is no risk of confusion orwhen a specific antenna port or numerology is not specified, indexes pand μ may be dropped, whereupon a complex value may be a_(k,l′) ^((p))or a_(k,l′). In addition, a resource block (RB) is defined as N_(sc)^(RB)=12 consecutive subcarriers in a frequency domain.

Point A plays a role as a common reference point of a resource blockgrid and is obtained as follows.

-   -   offsetToPointA for a primary cell (PCell) downlink represents a        frequency offset between point A and the lowest subcarrier of        the lowest resource block overlapped with a SS/PBCH block which        is used by a terminal for an initial cell selection. It is        expressed in resource block units assuming a 15 kHz subcarrier        spacing for FR1 and a 60 kHz subcarrier spacing for FR2.    -   absoluteFrequencyPointA represents a frequency-position of point        A expressed as in ARFCN (absolute radio-frequency channel        number).

Common resource blocks are numbered from 0 to the top in a frequencydomain for a subcarrier spacing configuration μ. The center ofsubcarrier 0 of common resource block 0 for a subcarrier spacingconfiguration μ is identical to ‘point A’. A relationship between acommon resource block number n_(CRB) ^(μ) and a resource element (k,l)for a subcarrier spacing configuration p in a frequency domain is givenas in the following Equation 1.

$\begin{matrix}{n_{CRB}^{\mu} = \left\lfloor \frac{k}{N_{sc}^{RB}} \right\rfloor} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}1} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

In Equation 1, k is defined relatively to point A so that k=0corresponds to a subcarrier centering in point A. Physical resourceblocks are numbered from 0 to N_(BWP,i) ^(size,μ)−1 in a bandwidth part(BWP) and i is a number of a BWP. A relationship between a physicalresource block n_(PRB) and a common resource block n_(CRB) in BWP i isgiven by the following Equation 2.n _(CRB) ^(μ) =n _(PRB) ^(μ) +N _(BWP,j) ^(start,μ)  [Equation 2]

N_(BWP,i) ^(start,μ) is a common resource block that a BWP startsrelatively to common resource block 0.

FIG. 4 illustrates a physical resource block in a wireless communicationsystem to which the present disclosure may be applied. And, FIG. 5illustrates a slot structure in a wireless communication system to whichthe present disclosure may be applied.

In reference to FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 , a slot includes a plurality ofsymbols in a time domain. For example, for a normal CP, one slotincludes 7 symbols, but for an extended CP, one slot includes 6 symbols.

A carrier includes a plurality of subcarriers in a frequency domain. AnRB (Resource Block) is defined as a plurality of (e.g., 12) consecutivesubcarriers in a frequency domain. A BWP (Bandwidth Part) is defined asa plurality of consecutive (physical) resource blocks in a frequencydomain and may correspond to one numerology (e.g., an SCS, a CP length,etc.). A carrier may include a maximum N (e.g., 5) BWPs. A datacommunication may be performed through an activated BWP and only one BWPmay be activated for one terminal. In a resource grid, each element isreferred to as a resource element (RE) and one complex symbol may bemapped.

In an NR system, up to 400 MHz may be supported per component carrier(CC). If a terminal operating in such a wideband CC always operatesturning on a radio frequency (FR) chip for the whole CC, terminalbattery consumption may increase. Alternatively, when severalapplication cases operating in one wideband CC (e.g., eMBB, URLLC, Mmtc,V2X, etc.) are considered, a different numerology (e.g., a subcarrierspacing, etc.) may be supported per frequency band in a correspondingCC. Alternatively, each terminal may have a different capability for themaximum bandwidth. By considering it, a base station may indicate aterminal to operate only in a partial bandwidth, not in a full bandwidthof a wideband CC, and a corresponding partial bandwidth is defined as abandwidth part (BWP) for convenience. A BWP may be configured withconsecutive RBs on a frequency axis and may correspond to one numerology(e.g., a subcarrier spacing, a CP length, a slot/a mini-slot duration).

Meanwhile, a base station may configure a plurality of BWPs even in oneCC configured to a terminal. For example, a BWP occupying a relativelysmall frequency domain may be configured in a PDCCH monitoring slot, anda PDSCH indicated by a PDCCH may be scheduled in a greater BWP.Alternatively, when UEs are congested in a specific BWP, some terminalsmay be configured with other BWP for load balancing. Alternatively,considering frequency domain inter-cell interference cancellationbetween neighboring cells, etc., some middle spectrums of a fullbandwidth may be excluded and BWPs on both edges may be configured inthe same slot. In other words, a base station may configure at least oneDL/UL BWP to a terminal associated with a wideband CC. A base stationmay activate at least one DL/UL BWP of configured DL/UL BWP(s) at aspecific time (by L1 signaling or MAC CE (Control Element) or RRCsignaling, etc.). In addition, a base station may indicate switching toother configured DL/UL BWP (by L1 signaling or MAC CE or RRC signaling,etc.). Alternatively, based on a timer, when a timer value is expired,it may be switched to a determined DL/UL BWP. Here, an activated DL/ULBWP is defined as an active DL/UL BWP. But, a configuration on a DL/ULBWP may not be received when a terminal performs an initial accessprocedure or before a RRC connection is set up, so a DL/UL BWP which isassumed by a terminal under these situations is defined as an initialactive DL/UL BWP.

FIG. 6 illustrates physical channels used in a wireless communicationsystem to which the present disclosure may be applied and a generalsignal transmission and reception method using them.

In a wireless communication system, a terminal receives informationthrough a downlink from a base station and transmits information throughan uplink to a base station. Information transmitted and received by abase station and a terminal includes data and a variety of controlinformation and a variety of physical channels exist according to atype/a usage of information transmitted and received by them.

When a terminal is turned on or newly enters a cell, it performs aninitial cell search including synchronization with a base station or thelike (S601). For the initial cell search, a terminal may synchronizewith a base station by receiving a primary synchronization signal (PSS)and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS) from a base station andobtain information such as a cell identifier (ID), etc. After that, aterminal may obtain broadcasting information in a cell by receiving aphysical broadcast channel (PBCH) from a base station. Meanwhile, aterminal may check out a downlink channel state by receiving a downlinkreference signal (DL RS) at an initial cell search stage.

A terminal which completed an initial cell search may obtain moredetailed system information by receiving a physical downlink controlchannel (PDCCH) and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) accordingto information carried in the PDCCH (S602).

Meanwhile, when a terminal accesses to a base station for the first timeor does not have a radio resource for signal transmission, it mayperform a random access (RACH) procedure to a base station (S603 toS606). For the random access procedure, a terminal may transmit aspecific sequence as a preamble through a physical random access channel(PRACH) (S603 and S605) and may receive a response message for apreamble through a PDCCH and a corresponding PDSCH (S604 and S606). Acontention based RACH may additionally perform a contention resolutionprocedure.

A terminal which performed the above-described procedure subsequentlymay perform PDCCH/PDSCH reception (S607) and PUSCH (Physical UplinkShared Channel)/PUCCH (physical uplink control channel) transmission(S608) as a general uplink/downlink signal transmission procedure. Inparticular, a terminal receives downlink control information (DCI)through a PDCCH. Here, DCI includes control information such as resourceallocation information for a terminal and a format varies depending onits purpose of use.

Meanwhile, control information which is transmitted by a terminal to abase station through an uplink or is received by a terminal from a basestation includes a downlink/uplink ACK/NACK(Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement) signal, a CQI (Channel QualityIndicator), a PMI (Precoding Matrix Indicator), a RI (Rank Indicator),etc. For a 3GPP LTE system, a terminal may transmit control informationof the above-described CQI/PMI/RI, etc. through a PUSCH and/or a PUCCH.

Table 5 represents an example of a DCI format in an NR system.

TABLE 5 DCI Format Use 0_0 Scheduling of a PUSCH in one cell 0_1Scheduling of one or multiple PUSCHs in one cell, or indication of cellgroup downlink feedback information to a UE 0_2 Scheduling of a PUSCH inone cell 1_0 Scheduling of a PDSCH in one DL cell 1_1 Scheduling of aPDSCH in one cell 1_2 Scheduling of a PDSCH in one cell

In reference to Table 5, DCI formats 0_0, 0_1 and 0_2 may includeresource information (e.g., UL/SUL (Supplementary UL), frequencyresource allocation, time resource allocation, frequency hopping, etc.),information related to a transport block (TB) (e.g., MCS (ModulationCoding and Scheme), a NDI (New Data Indicator), a RV (RedundancyVersion), etc.), information related to a HARQ (Hybrid—Automatic Repeatand request) (e.g., a process number, a DAI (Downlink Assignment Index),PDSCH-HARQ feedback timing, etc.), information related to multipleantennas (e.g., DMRS sequence initialization information, an antennaport, a CSI request, etc.), power control information (e.g., PUSCH powercontrol, etc.) related to scheduling of a PUSCH and control informationincluded in each DCI format may be pre-defined. DCI format 0_0 is usedfor scheduling of a PUSCH in one cell. Information included in DCIformat 0_0 is CRC (cyclic redundancy check) scrambled by a C-RNTI (CellRadio Network Temporary Identifier) or a CS-RNTI (Configured SchedulingRNTI) or a MCS-C-RNTI (Modulation Coding Scheme Cell RNTI) andtransmitted.

DCI format 0_1 is used to indicate scheduling of one or more PUSCHs orconfigure grant (CG) downlink feedback information to a terminal in onecell. Information included in DCI format 0_1 is CRC scrambled by aC-RNTI or a CS-RNTI or a SP-CSI-RNTI (Semi-Persistent CSI RNTI) or aMCS-C-RNTI and transmitted.

DCI format 0_2 is used for scheduling of a PUSCH in one cell.Information included in DCI format 0_2 is CRC scrambled by a C-RNTI or aCS-RNTI or a SP-CSI-RNTI or a MCS-C-RNTI and transmitted.

Next, DCI formats 1_0, 1_1 and 1_2 may include resource information(e.g., frequency resource allocation, time resource allocation, VRB(virtual resource block)-PRB (physical resource block) mapping, etc.),information related to a transport block (TB) (e.g., MCS, NDI, RV,etc.), information related to a HARQ (e.g., a process number, DAI,PDSCH-HARQ feedback timing, etc.), information related to multipleantennas (e.g., an antenna port, a TCI (transmission configurationindicator), a SRS (sounding reference signal) request, etc.),information related to a PUCCH (e.g., PUCCH power control, a PUCCHresource indicator, etc.) related to scheduling of a PDSCH and controlinformation included in each DCI format may be pre-defined.

DCI format 1_0 is used for scheduling of a PDSCH in one DL cell.Information included in DCI format 1_0 is CRC scrambled by a C-RNTI or aCS-RNTI or a MCS-C-RNTI and transmitted.

DCI format 1_1 is used for scheduling of a PDSCH in one cell.Information included in DCI format 1_1 is CRC scrambled by a C-RNTI or aCS-RNTI or a MCS-C-RNTI and transmitted.

DCI format 1_2 is used for scheduling of a PDSCH in one cell.Information included in DCI format 1_2 is CRC scrambled by a C-RNTI or aCS-RNTI or a MCS-C-RNTI and transmitted.

Beam Management (BM)

As a BM procedure is L1 (layer 1)/L2 (layer 2) procedures for acquiringand maintaining a set of base station (e.g., gNB, TRP, etc.) and/orterminal (e.g., UE) beams which may be used to transmit/receive adownlink (DL) and an uplink (UL), it may include the followingprocedures and terms.

-   -   Beam measurement: An operation that a base station or UE        measures a property of a received beamforming signal    -   Beam determination: An operation that a base station or UE        selects its Tx beam/Rx beam    -   Beam sweeping: An operation of covering a spatial domain by        using a Tx and/or Rx beam during a certain time interval in a        predetermined manner    -   Beam report: An operation that UE reports information of a        beamformed signal based on beam measurement

In addition, each BM procedure may include Tx beam sweeping fordetermining a Tx Beam and Rx beam sweeping for determining a Rx beam.

A BM procedure may be divided into (1) a DL BM procedure using asynchronization signal (SS)/physical broadcast channel (PBCH) Block orCSI-RS, and (2) a UL BM procedure using a sounding reference signal(SRS).

Hereinafter, a DL BM procedure is described.

A DL BM procedure may include (1) transmission for beamformed DL RSs(reference signal) of a base station (e.g., a CSI-RS or a SS Block(SSB)) and (2) beam reporting of a terminal.

Here, beam reporting may include preferred DL RS ID (identifier)(s) andL1-RSRP (Reference Signal Received Power) corresponding to it.

The DL RS ID may be a SSBRI (SSB Resource Indicator) or a CRI (CSI-RSResource Indicator).

Hereinafter, a DL BM procedure using a SSB is described.

FIG. 7 is a diagram which illustrates a downlink beam managementoperation in a wireless communication system to which the presentdisclosure may be applied.

In reference to FIG. 7 , a SSB beam and a CSI-RS beam may be used forbeam measurement. A measurement metric is L1-RSRP per resource/block. ASSB may be used for coarse beam measurement and a CSI-RS may be used forfine beam measurement. A SSB may be used for both Tx beam sweeping andRx beam sweeping.

Rx beam sweeping using a SSB may be performed while UE changes a Rx beamfor the same SSBRI across multiple SSB bursts. Here, one SS burstincludes one or more SSBs and one SS burst set includes one or more SSBbursts.

FIG. 8 is a diagram which illustrates a downlink beam managementprocedure using a SSB in a wireless communication system to which thepresent disclosure may be applied.

A configuration on beam report using a SSB is performed in a CSI/beamconfiguration in a RRC connected state (or a RRC connected mode).

In reference to FIG. 8 , a terminal receives CSI-ResourceConfig IEincluding CSI-SSB-ResourceSetList including SSB resources used for BMfrom a base station S410.

Table 6 represents an example of CSI-ResourceConfig IE and as in Table6, a BM configuration using a SSB configures a SSB like a CSI-RSresource without being separately defined.

TABLE 6  -- ASN1START  -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIG-START CSI-ResourceConfig : := SEQUENCE {   csi-ResourceConfigIdCSI-ResourceConfigId,   csi-RS-ResourceSetList CHOICE {   nzp-CSI-RS-SSB  SEQUENCE {     nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList   SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS- ResourceSetsPerConfig) ) OFNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL,     csi-SSB-ResourceSetList  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSetsPerConfig) ) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId   OPTIONAL    },   csi-IM-ResourceSetList  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig) ) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSetId   },   bwp-Id  BWP-Id,  resourceType ENUMERATED { aperiodic, semiPersistent, periodic },   ... }  -- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIGTOADDMOD-STOP -- ASN1STOP

In Table 6, a csi-SSB-ResourceSetList parameter represents a list of SSBresources used for beam management and reporting in one resource set.Here, a SSB resource set may be configured as {SSBx1, SSBx2, SSBx3,SSBx4, . . . }. A SSB index may be defined as 0 to 63. A terminalreceives a SSB resource from the base station based on theCSI-SSB-ResourceSetList S420.

When CSI-RS reportConfig related to report on SSBRI and L1-RSRP isconfigured, the terminal (beam) reports the best SSBRI and L1-RSRPcorresponding to it to a base station S430.

Hereinafter, a DL BM procedure using a CSI-RS is described.

When usage of a CSI-RS is described, a CSI-RS is used for beammanagement i) when a repetition parameter is configured for a specificCSI-RS resource set and TRS_info is not configured. ii) When arepetition parameter is not configured and TRS_info is configured, aCSI-RS is used for a TRS (tracking reference signal). iii) When arepetition parameter is not configured and TRS_info is not configured, aCSI-RS is used for CSI acquisition.

Such a repetition parameter may be configured only for CSI-RS resourcesets connected with CSI-ReportConfig having report of ‘No Report (orNone)’ or L1 RSRP.

If a terminal is configured with CSI-ReportConfig that reportQuantity isconfigured as ‘cri-RSRP’ or ‘none’ and CSI-ResourceConfig (a higherlayer parameter resourcesForChannelMeasurement) for channel measurementincludes NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet that a higher layer parameter‘repetition’ is configured without including a higher layer parameter‘trs-Info’, the terminal may be configured only with ports with the samenumber (1-port or 2-port) having a higher layer parameter ‘nrofPorts’for all CSI-RS resources in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet.

When (a higher layer parameter) repetition is configured as ‘ON’, it isrelated to a Rx beam sweeping procedure of a terminal. In this case,when a terminal is configured with NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet, the terminalmay assume that at least one CSI-RS resource in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetis transmitted to the same downlink spatial domain transmission filter.In other words, at least one CSI-RS resource in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetis transmitted through the same Tx beam. Here, at least one CSI-RSresource in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet may be transmitted to a differentOFDM symbol. In addition, a terminal does not expect to receive adifferent periodicity for periodicityAndOffset in all CSI-RS resourceswithin NZP-CSI-RS-Resourceset.

On the other hand, when repetition is configured as ‘OFF’, it is relatedto a Tx beam sweeping procedure of a base station. In this case, whenrepetition is configured as ‘OFF’, a terminal does not assume that atleast one CSI-RS resource in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet is transmitted tothe same downlink spatial domain transmission filter. In other words, atleast one CSI-RS resource in NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet is transmittedthrough a different Tx beam.

In other words, when reportQuantity of the CSI-RS reportConfig IE isconfigured as ‘ssb-Index-RSRP’, a terminal reports the best SSBRI andL1-RSRP corresponding to it to a base station.

And, when a CSI-RS resource is configured in the same OFDM symbol(s) asa SSB (a SS/PBCH Block) and ‘QCL-TypeD’ may be applied, the terminal mayassume that a CSI-RS and a SSB are quasi co-located from a viewpoint of‘QCL-TypeD’.

Here, the QCL TypeD may mean that antenna ports are QCL-ed from aviewpoint of a spatial Rx parameter. When a terminal receives aplurality of DL antenna ports in a QCL Type D relationship, the same Rxbeam may be applied. In addition, a terminal does not expect that aCSI-RS will be configured in a RE overlapped with a RE of a SSB.

FIG. 9 is a diagram which illustrates a downlink beam managementoperation using a CSI-RS in a wireless communication system to which thepresent disclosure may be applied.

FIG. 9(a) represents a Rx beam determination (or refinement) procedureof a terminal and FIG. 9(b) represents a Tx beam sweeping procedure of abase station. In addition, FIG. 9(a) is a case in which a repetitionparameter is configured as ‘ON’ and FIG. 9(b) is a case in which arepetition parameter is configured as ‘OFF’.

FIG. 10 is a diagram which illustrates a Rx beam determination processof a terminal in a wireless communication system to which the presentdisclosure may be applied.

In reference to FIG. 9(a) and FIG. 10 , a Rx beam determination processof a terminal is described.

A terminal receives a NZP CSI-RS resource set IE including a higherlayer parameter repetition from a base station through RRC signalingS610. Here, the repetition parameter is configured as ‘ON’.

A terminal repetitively receives resource(s) in a CSI-RS resource setconfigured as repetition ‘ON’ through the same Tx beam (or DL spatialdomain transmission filter) of a base station in a different OFDM symbolS620.

A terminal determines its Rx beam S630.

A terminal omits CSI reporting S640. In this case, reportQuantity of aCSI reporting configuration may be configured as ‘No report (or None).

In other words, the terminal may omit CSI reporting when it isconfigured as repetition ‘ON’.

FIG. 11 is a diagram which illustrates a Tx beam determination processof a base station in a wireless communication system to which thepresent disclosure may be applied.

In reference to FIG. 9(b) and FIG. 11 , a Tx beam determination processof a base station is described.

A terminal receives a NZP CSI-RS resource set IE including a higherlayer parameter repetition from a base station through RRC signalingS710. Here, the repetition parameter is configured as ‘OFF’ and isrelated to a Tx beam sweeping procedure of a base station.

A terminal receives resource(s) in a CSI-RS resource set configured asrepetition ‘OFF’ through a different Tx beam (DL spatial domaintransmission filter) of a base station S720.

A terminal selects (or determines) the best beam S740.

A terminal reports an ID on a selected beam and relative qualityinformation (e.g., L1-RSRP) to a base station S740. In this case,reportQuantity of a CSI reporting configuration may be configured as ‘aCRI+L1-RSRP’.

In other words, when a CSI-RS is transmitted for BM, the terminalreports a CRI and L1-RSRP regarding it to a base station.

FIG. 12 is a diagram which illustrates resource allocation in a time andfrequency domain related to a downlink beam management operation in awireless communication system to which the present disclosure may beapplied.

In reference to FIG. 12 , it may be seen that when repetition ‘ON’ isconfigured in a CSI-RS resource set, a plurality of CSI-RS resources arerepetitively used by applying the same Tx beam and when repetition ‘OFF’is configured in a CSI-RS resource set, different CSI-RS resources aretransmitted by a different Tx beam.

Hereinafter, a downlink BM related beam indication method is described.

A terminal may receive a RRC configuration for a list on up to Mcandidate transmission configuration indication (TCI) states at leastfor a purpose of a QCL (Quasi Co-location) indication. Here, M may be64.

Each TCI state may be configured as one RS set. Each ID of a DL RS for aspatial QCL purpose (QCL Type D) at least in a RS set may refer to oneof DL RS types such as a SSB, a P (periodic)-CSI RS, a SP(semi-persistent)-CSI RS, an a (aperiodic)-CSI RS, etc.

An ID of DL RS(s) in a RS set used at least for a spatial QCL purposemay be initialized/updated at least through explicit signaling.

Table 7 illustrates a TCI-State information element (IE).

A TCI-State IE is associated with a quasi co-location (QCL) typecorresponding to one or two DL reference signals (RS).

TABLE 7  -- ASN1START  -- TAG-TCI-STATE-START  TCI-State : :=   SEQUENCE{   tci-StateId    TCI-StateId,   qcl-Type1    QCL-Info,   qcl-Type2   QCL-Info OPTIONAL, -- Need R   ...  }  QCL-Info : :=   SEQUENCE {  cell     ServCellIndex  OPTIONAL, -- Need R   bwp-Id     BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Cond CSI-RS-Indicated   referenceSignal    CHOICE {   csi-rs     NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,    ssb      SSB-Index   },  qcl-Type    ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB, typeC, typeD},   ...  }  --TAG-TCI-STATE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

In Table 7, a bwp-Id parameter represents a DL BWP (bandwidth part)where a RS is positioned, a cell parameter represents a carrier where aRS is positioned and a referencesignal parameter represents referenceantenna port(s) which become a source of a quasi co-location forcorresponding target antenna port(s) or a reference signal including it.The target antenna port(s) may be a CSI-RS, a PDCCH DMRS, or a PDSCHDMRS. In an example, a corresponding TCI state ID (identifier) may beindicated to NZP CSI-RS resource configuration information to indicateQCL reference RS information for a NZP (non-zero power) CSI-RS. Inanother example, a TCI state ID may be indicated to each CORESETconfiguration to indicate QCL reference information for PDCCH DMRSantenna port(s). In another example, a TCI state ID may be indicatedthrough DCI to indicate QCL reference information for PDSCH DMRS antennaport(s).

Hereinafter, uplink beam management will be described.

In the UL BM, beam reciprocity (or beam correspondence) between a Txbeam and an Rx beam may or may not be established according to terminalimplementation. If reciprocity between a Tx beam and an Rx beam isestablished in both a base station and a terminal, a UL beam pair may bealigned through a DL beam pair. However, when reciprocity between a Txbeam and an Rx beam is not established in either of a base station and aterminal, a UL beam pair determination process is required separatelyfrom a DL beam pair determination.

In addition, even when both a base station and a terminal maintain beamcorrespondence, a base station may use a UL BM procedure for DL Tx beamdetermination without a terminal requesting a report of a preferredbeam.

UL BM may be performed through beamformed UL SRS transmission, andwhether UL BM of an SRS resource set is applied is configured by (higherlayer parameter) usage. When usage is configured to ‘BeamManagement(BM)’, only one SRS resource may be transmitted in each of a pluralityof SRS resource sets at a given time instant.

A terminal may be configured with one or more Sounding Reference Symbol(SRS) resource sets configured by the (higher layer parameter)SRS-ResourceSet (through higher layer signaling, RRC signaling, etc.).For each SRS resource set, a UE may be configured with K≥1 SRS resources(higher layer parameter SRS-resource). Here, K is a natural number, anda maximum value of K is indicated by SRS_capability.

Like DL BM, a UL BM procedure may also be divided into Tx beam sweepingof a terminal and Rx beam sweeping of a base station.

FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an uplink beam management operationusing an SRS in a wireless communication system to which the presentdisclosure may be applied.

FIG. 13(a) illustrates an Rx beam determination operation of a basestation, and FIG. 13(b) illustrates a Tx beam sweeping operation of aterminal.

FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating an uplink beam management procedure ina wireless communication system to which the present disclosure may beapplied.

A terminal receives RRC signaling (e.g., SRS-Config IE) including ausage parameter (higher layer parameter) configured with ‘beammanagement’ from a base station (S1010).

Table 8 shows an example of an SRS-Config IE (Information Element), andthe SRS-Config IE is used for SRS transmission configuration. TheSRS-Config IE includes a list of SRS-Resources and a list ofSRS-ResourceSets. Each SRS resource set means a set of SRS-resources.

A network may trigger transmission of an SRS resource set usingconfigured aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger (L1 DCI).

TABLE 8  -- ASN1START  -- TAG-MAC-CELL-GROUP-CONFIG-START  SRS-Config ::=      SEQUENCE {   srs-ResourceSetToReleaseList      SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets) ) OF SRS-ResourceSetId  OPTIONAL, -- Need N  srs-ResourceSetToAddModList     SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets) ) OF SRS-ResourceSet  OPTIONAL, -- Need N  srs-ResourceToReleaseList      SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-Resources) ) OF SRS-ResourceId   OPTIONAL, -- Need N  srs-ResourceToAddModList      SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSRS-Resources)) OF SRS-Resource   OPTIONAL, -- Need N   tpc-Accumulation     ENUMERATED {disabled}    OPTIONAL, -- Need S   ...  } SRS-ResourceSet : :=     SEQUENCE {   srs-ResourceSetId     SRS-ResourceSetId,   srs-ResourceIdList      SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-ResourcesPerSet) ) OF SRS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- CondSetup   resourceType      CHOICE {    aperiodic       SEQUENCE {    aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger         INTEGER (1..maxNrofSRS-TriggerStates-1),     csi-RS         NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId    OPTIONAL,-- Cond NonCodebook     slotOffset         INTEGER (1..32)    OPTIONAL,-- Need S     ...    },    semi-persistent       SEQUENCE {    associatedCSI-RS         NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId    OPTIONAL, -- CondNonCodebook     ...    },    periodic       SEQUENCE {    associatedCSI-RS         NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId    OPTIONAL, -- CondNonCodebook     ...    }   },   usage      ENUMERATED {beamManagement, codebook,nonCodebook, antennaSwitching},   alpha       Alpha    OPTIONAL, -- NeedS   p0       INTEGER (−202..24)    OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup  pathlossReferenceRS      CHOICE {    ssb-Index       SSB-Index,   csi-RS-Index       NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId  SRS-SpatialRelationInfo ::=    SEQUENCE {   servingCellId     ServCellIndex   OPTIONAL, -- Need S  referenceSignal    CHOICE {    ssb-Index      SSB-Index,   csi-RS-Index      NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,    srs       SEQUENCE {    resourceId        SRS-ResourceId,     uplinkBWP        BWP-Id    }  }  }  SRS-ResourceId : :=      INTEGER (0..maxNrofSRS-Resources−1)

In Table 8, usage represents a higher layer parameter indicating whetheran SRS resource set is used for beam management, codebook-based ornon-codebook-based transmission. The usage parameter corresponds to anL1 parameter ‘SRS-SetUse’. ‘spatialRelationInfo’ is a parameterindicating a configuration of a spatial relation between a reference RSand a target SRS. Here, a reference RS may be an SSB, a CSI-RS, or anSRS corresponding to the L1 parameter ‘SRS-SpatialRelationInfo’. Theusage configured for each SRS resource set. A terminal determines a Txbeam for an SRS resource to be transmitted based on theSRS-SpatialRelation Info included in the SRS-Config IE (S1020). Here,SRS-SpatialRelation Info is configured for each SRS resource, andindicates whether to apply the same beam as a beam used in an SSB, aCSI-RS, or an SRS for each SRS resource. In addition,SRS-SpatialRelationInfo may or may not be configured in each SRSresource.

If the SRS-SpatialRelationInfo is configured in an SRS resource, thesame beam as a beam used in an SSB, a CSI-RS or an SRS is applied andtransmitted. However, if the SRS-SpatialRelationInfo is not configuredin an SRS resource, the terminal arbitrarily determines a Tx beam andtransmits an SRS through the determined Tx beam (S1030).

More specifically, for P-SRS in which ‘SRS-ResourceConfigType’ isconfigured to ‘periodic’:

-   -   i) When SRS-SpatialRelationInfo is configured with ‘SSB/PBCH’, a        UE transmits a corresponding SRS resource by applying the same        spatial domain transmission filter (or generated from a        corresponding filter) as a spatial domain reception (Rx) filter        used for reception of an SSB/PBCH; or    -   ii) When SRS-SpatialRelationInfo is configured with ‘CSI-RS’, a        UE transmits an SRS resource by applying the same spatial domain        transmission filter used for reception of a periodic CSI-RS or        an SP (semi-persistent) CSI-RS; or    -   iii) When SRS-SpatialRelationInfo is configured with ‘SRS’, a UE        transmits a corresponding SRS resource by applying the same        spatial domain transmission filter used for transmission of a        periodic SRS.

Similar to the above, even when ‘SRS-ResourceConfigType’ is configuredwith ‘SP (semi-persistent)-SRS’ or ‘AP (aperiodic)-SRS’, beamdetermination and transmission operation may be applied.

Additionally, a terminal may or may not receive feedback on an SRS froma base station as in the following three cases (S1040).

i) When Spatial_Relation_Info is configured for all SRS resources in anSRS resource set, a terminal transmits an SRS in a beam indicated by abase station. For example, when Spatial_Relation_Info all indicate thesame an SSB, a CRI, or an SRI, a terminal repeatedly transmits an SRS inthe same beam. This case corresponds to FIG. 13(a), for the purpose of abase station selecting an Rx beam.

ii) Spatial_Relation_Info may not be configured for all SRS resources inan SRS resource set. In this case, a terminal may freely transmit whilechanging an SRS beam. That is, this case corresponds to FIG. 13(b), forthe purpose of a terminal sweeping a Tx beam.

iii) Spatial_Relation_Info may be configured only for some SRS resourcesin an SRS resource set. In this case, for the configured SRS resource,an SRS is transmitted with the indicated beam, and for the SRS resourcefor which Spatial_Relation_Info is not configured, a terminal mayarbitrarily apply a Tx beam and transmit it.

CSI-Related Operation

In an NR (New Radio) system, a CSI-RS (channel stateinformation-reference signal) is used for time and/or frequencytracking, CSI computation, L1 (layer 1)-RSRP (reference signal receivedpower) computation and mobility. Here, CSI computation is related to CSIacquisition and L1-RSRP computation is related to beam management (BM).

CSI (channel state information) collectively refers to information whichmay represent quality of a radio channel (or also referred to as a link)formed between a terminal and an antenna port.

-   -   To perform one of the usages of a CSI-RS, a terminal (e.g., user        equipment, UE) receives configuration information related to CSI        from a base station (e.g., general Node B, gNB) through RRC        (radio resource control) signaling.

The configuration information related to CSI may include at least one ofinformation related to a CSI-IM (interference management) resource,information related to CSI measurement configuration, informationrelated to CSI resource configuration, information related to a CSI-RSresource or information related to CSI report configuration.

i) Information related to a CSI-IM resource may include CSI-IM resourceinformation, CSI-IM resource set information, etc. A CSI-IM resource setis identified by a CSI-IM resource set ID (identifier) and one resourceset includes at least one CSI-IM resource. Each CSI-IM resource isidentified by a CSI-IM resource ID.

ii) Information related to CSI resource configuration may be expressedas CSI-ResourceConfig IE. Information related to a CSI resourceconfiguration defines a group which includes at least one of an NZP (nonzero power) CSI-RS resource set, a CSI-IM resource set or a CSI-SSBresource set. In other words, the information related to a CSI resourceconfiguration may include a CSI-RS resource set list and the CSI-RSresource set list may include at least one of a NZP CSI-RS resource setlist, a CSI-IM resource set list or a CSI-SSB resource set list. ACSI-RS resource set is identified by a CSI-RS resource set ID and oneresource set includes at least one CSI-RS resource. Each CSI-RS resourceis identified by a CSI-RS resource ID.

Parameters representing a usage of a CSI-RS (e.g., a ‘repetition’parameter related to BM, a ‘trs-Info’ parameter related to tracking) maybe configured per NZP CSI-RS resource set.

iii) Information related to a CSI report configuration includes a reportconfiguration type (reportConfigType) parameter representing a timedomain behavior and a report quantity (reportQuantity) parameterrepresenting CSI-related quantity for a report. The time domain behaviormay be periodic, aperiodic or semi-persistent.

-   -   A terminal measures CSI based on the configuration information        related to CSI.

The CSI measurement may include (1) a process in which a terminalreceives a CSI-RS and (2) a process in which CSI is computed through areceived CSI-RS and detailed description thereon is described after.

For a CSI-RS, RE (resource element) mapping of a CSI-RS resource in atime and frequency domain is configured by higher layer parameterCSI-RS-ResourceMapping.

-   -   A terminal reports the measured CSI to a base station.

In this case, when quantity of CSI-ReportConfig is configured as ‘none(or No report)’, the terminal may omit the report. But, although thequantity is configured as ‘none (or No report)’, the terminal mayperform a report to a base station. When the quantity is configured as‘none’, an aperiodic TRS is triggered or repetition is configured. Inthis case, only when repetition is configured as ‘ON’, a report of theterminal may be omitted.

CSI Measurement

An NR system supports more flexible and dynamic CSI measurement andreporting. Here, the CSI measurement may include a procedure ofreceiving a CSI-RS and acquiring CSI by computing a received CSI-RS.

As a time domain behavior of CSI measurement and reporting,aperiodic/semi-persistent/periodic CM (channel measurement) and IM(interference measurement) are supported. 4-port NZP CSI-RS RE patternis used for CSI-IM configuration.

CSI-IM based IMR of NR has a design similar to CSI-IM of LTE and isconfigured independently from ZP CSI-RS resources for PDSCH ratematching. In addition, each port emulates an interference layer having(a desirable channel and) a precoded NZP CSI-RS in NZP CSI-RS-based IMR.As it is about intra-cell interference measurement for a multi-usercase, MU interference is mainly targeted.

A base station transmits a precoded NZP CSI-RS to a terminal in eachport of configured NZP CSI-RS based IMR.

A terminal assumes a channel/interference layer and measuresinterference for each port in a resource set.

When there is no PMI and RI feedback for a channel, a plurality ofresources are configured in a set and a base station or a networkindicates a subset of NZP CSI-RS resources through DCI forchannel/interference measurement.

A resource setting and a resource setting configuration are described inmore detail.

Resource Setting

Each CSI resource setting ‘CSI-ResourceConfig’ includes a configurationfor a S≥1 CSI resource set (given by a higher layer parametercsi-RS-ResourceSetList). A CSI resource setting corresponds toCSI-RS-resourcesetlist. Here, S represents the number of configuredCSI-RS resource sets. Here, a configuration for a S≥1 CSI resource setincludes each CSI resource set including CSI-RS resources (configuredwith a NZP CSI-RS or CSI-IM) and a SS/PBCH block (SSB) resource used forL1-RSRP computation.

Each CSI resource setting is positioned at a DL BWP (bandwidth part)identified by a higher layer parameter bwp-id. In addition, all CSIresource settings linked to a CSI reporting setting have the same DLBWP.

A time domain behavior of a CSI-RS resource in a CSI resource settingincluded in a CSI-ResourceConfig IE may be indicated by a higher layerparameter resourceType and may be configured to be aperiodic, periodicor semi-persistent. For a periodic and semi-persistent CSI resourcesetting, the number (S) of configured CSI-RS resource sets is limited to‘1’. For a periodic and semi-persistent CSI resource setting, configuredperiodicity and a slot offset are given by a numerology of an associatedDL BWP as given by bwp-id.

When UE is configured with a plurality of CSI-ResourceConfigs includingthe same NZP CSI-RS resource ID, the same time domain behavior isconfigured for CSI-ResourceConfig.

When UE is configured with a plurality of CSI-ResourceConfigs includingthe same CSI-IM resource ID, the same time domain behavior is configuredfor CSI-ResourceConfig.

One or more CSI resource settings for channel measurement (CM) andinterference measurement (IM) are configured through higher layersignaling as follows.

-   -   CSI-IM resource for interference measurement    -   NZP CSI-RS resource for interference measurement    -   NZP CSI-RS resource for channel measurement

In other words, a CMR (channel measurement resource) may be a NZP CSI-RSfor CSI acquisition and an IMR (Interference measurement resource) maybe a NZP CSI-RS for CSI-IM and IM.

In this case, CSI-IM (or a ZP CSI-RS for IM) is mainly used forinter-cell interference measurement.

In addition, an NZP CSI-RS for IM is mainly used for intra-cellinterference measurement from multi-users.

UE may assume that CSI-RS resource(s) for channel measurement andCSI-IM/NZP CSI-RS resource(s) for interference measurement configuredfor one CSI reporting are ‘QCL-TypeD’ per resource.

Resource Setting Configuration

As described, a resource setting may mean a resource set list.

For aperiodic CSI, each trigger state configured by using a higher layerparameter CSI-AperiodicTriggerState is associated with one or aplurality of CSI-ReportConfigs that each CSI-ReportConfig is linked to aperiodic, semi-persistent or aperiodic resource setting.

One reporting setting may be connected to up to 3 resource settings.

-   -   When one resource setting is configured, a resource setting        (given by a higher layer parameter        resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is about channel measurement for        L1-RSRP computation.    -   When two resource settings are configured, a first resource        setting (given by a higher layer parameter        resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is for channel measurement and a        second resource setting (given by        csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference or        nzp-CSI-RS—ResourcesForInterference) is for interference        measurement performed in CSI-IM or a NZP CSI-RS.    -   When three resource settings are configured, a first resource        setting (given by resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is for channel        measurement, a second resource setting (given by        csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference) is for CSI-IM based        interference measurement and a third resource setting (given by        nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference) is for NZP CSI-RS based        interference measurement.

For semi-persistent or periodic CSI, each CSI-ReportConfig is linked toa periodic or semi-persistent resource setting.

-   -   When one resource setting (given by        resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is configured, the resource        setting is about channel measurement for L1-RSRP computation.    -   When two resource settings are configured, a first resource        setting (given by resourcesForChannelMeasurement) is for channel        measurement and a second resource setting (given by a higher        layer parameter csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference) is used for        interference measurement performed in CSI-IM.

CSI Computation

When interference measurement is performed in CSI-IM, each CSI-RSresource for channel measurement is associated with a CSI-IM resourceper resource in an order of CSI-RS resources and CSI-IM resources in acorresponding resource set. The number of CSI-RS resources for channelmeasurement is the same as the number of CSI-IM resources.

In addition, when interference measurement is performed in an NZPCSI-RS, UE does not expect to be configured with one or more NZP CSI-RSresources in an associated resource set in a resource setting forchannel measurement.

A terminal configured with a higher layer parameternzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference does not expect that 18 or more NZPCSI-RS ports will be configured in a NZP CSI-RS resource set.

For CSI measurement, a terminal assumes the followings.

-   -   Each NZP CSI-RS port configured for interference measurement        corresponds to an interference transmission layer.    -   All interference transmission layers of an NZP CSI-RS port for        interference measurement consider EPRE (energy per resource        element) ratio.    -   A different interference signal in RE(s) of an NZP CSI-RS        resource for channel measurement, an NZP CSI-RS resource for        interference measurement or a CSI-IM resource for interference        measurement

CSI Report

For a CSI report, a time and frequency resource which may be used by UEare controlled by a base station.

CSI (channel state information) may include at least one of a channelquality indicator (CQI), a precoding matrix indicator (PMI), a CSI-RSresource indicator (CRI), a SS/PBCH block resource indicator (SSBRI), alayer indicator (LI), a rank indicator (RI) or L1-RSRP.

For CQI, PMI, CRI, SSBRI, LI, RI, L1-RSRP, a terminal is configured by ahigher layer with N≥1 CSI-ReportConfig reporting setting,CSI-ResourceConfig resource setting and a list of one or two triggerstates (provided by aperiodicTriggerStateList andsemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList). Each trigger state in theaperiodicTriggerStateList includes a associated CSI-ReportConfigs listwhich indicates a channel and optional resource set IDs forinterference. In semiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList, one associatedCSI-ReportConfig is included in each trigger state.

In addition, a time domain behavior of CSI reporting supports periodic,semi-persistent, aperiodic.

i) Periodic CSI reporting is performed in a short PUCCH, a long PUCCH.Periodicity and a slot offset of periodic CSI reporting may beconfigured by RRC and refers to a CSI-ReportConfig IE.

ii) SP (semi-periodic) CSI reporting is performed in a short PUCCH, along PUCCH, or a PUSCH.

For SP CSI in a short/long PUCCH, periodicity and a slot offset areconfigured by RRC and a CSI report is activated/deactivated by separateMAC CE/DCI.

For SP CSI in a PUSCH, periodicity of SP CSI reporting is configured byRRC, but a slot offset is not configured by RRC and SP CSI reporting isactivated/deactivated by DCI (format 0_1). For SP CSI reporting in aPUSCH, a separated RNTI (SP-CSI C-RNTI) is used.

An initial CSI report timing follows a PUSCH time domain allocationvalue indicated by DCI and a subsequent CSI report timing follows aperiodicity configured by RRC.

DCI format 0_1 may include a CSI request field and activate/deactivate aspecific configured SP-CSI trigger state. SP CSI reporting hasactivation/deactivation equal or similar to a mechanism having datatransmission in a SPS PUSCH.

iii) Aperiodic CSI reporting is performed in a PUSCH and is triggered byDCI. In this case, information related to trigger of aperiodic CSIreporting may be delivered/indicated/configured through MAC-CE.

For AP CSI having an AP CSI-RS, AP CSI-RS timing is configured by RRCand timing for AP CSI reporting is dynamically controlled by DCI.

In NR, a method of dividing and reporting CSI in a plurality ofreporting instances applied to a PUCCH based CSI report in LTE (e.g.,transmitted in an order of RI, WB PMI/CQI, SB PMI/CQI) is not applied.Instead, in NR, there is a limit that a specific CSI report is notconfigured in a short/long PUCCH and a CSI omission rule is defined. Inaddition, regarding AP CSI reporting timing, a PUSCH symbol/slotlocation is dynamically indicated by DCI. In addition, candidate slotoffsets are configured by RRC. For CSI reporting, a slot offset(Y) isconfigured per reporting setting. For UL-SCH, a slot offset K2 isseparately configured.

2 CSI latency classes (low latency class, high latency class) aredefined with regard to CSI computation complexity. Low latency CSI is WBCSI which includes up to 4 ports Type-I codebooks or up to 4 portsnon-PMI feedback CSI. High latency CSI refers to CSI other than lowlatency CSI. For a normal terminal, (Z, Z′) is defined in a unit of OFDMsymbols. Here, Z represents the minimum CSI processing time until a CSIreport is performed after receiving aperiodic CSI triggering DCI. Inaddition, Z′ refers to the minimum CSI processing time until a CSIreport is performed after receiving a CSI-RS for a channel/interference.

Additionally, a terminal reports the number of CSI which may becalculated at the same time.

Quasi-Co Locaton (QCL)

An antenna port is defined so that a channel where a symbol in anantenna port is transmitted can be inferred from a channel where othersymbol in the same antenna port is transmitted. When a property of achannel where a symbol in one antenna port is carried may be inferredfrom a channel where a symbol in other antenna port is carried, it maybe said that 2 antenna ports are in a QC/QCL (quasi co-located or quasico-location) relationship.

Here, the channel property includes at least one of delay spread,doppler spread, frequency/doppler shift, average received power,received timing/average delay, or a spatial RX parameter. Here, aspatial Rx parameter means a spatial (Rx) channel property parametersuch as an angle of arrival.

A terminal may be configured at list of up to M TCI-State configurationsin a higher layer parameter PDSCH-Config to decode a PDSCH according toa detected PDCCH having intended DCI for a corresponding terminal and agiven serving cell. The M depends on UE capability.

Each TCI-State includes a parameter for configuring a quasi co-locationrelationship between ports of one or two DL reference signals and aDM-RS (demodulation reference signal) of a PDSCH.

A quasi co-location relationship is configured by a higher layerparameter qcl-Type1 for a first DL RS and qcl-Type2 for a second DL RS(if configured). For two DL RSs, a QCL type is not the same regardlessof whether a reference is a same DL RS or a different DL RS.

A QCL type corresponding to each DL RS is given by a higher layerparameter qcl-Type of QCL-Info and may take one of the following values.

-   -   ‘QCL-TypeA’: {Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay,        delay spread}    -   ‘QCL-TypeB’: {Doppler shift, Doppler spread}    -   ‘QCL-TypeC’: {Doppler shift, average delay}    -   ‘QCL-TypeD’: {Spatial Rx parameter}

For example, when a target antenna port is a specific NZP CSI-RS, it maybe indicated/configured that a corresponding NZP CSI-RS antenna port isquasi-colocated with a specific TRS with regard to QCL-Type A and isquasi-colocated with a specific SSB with regard to QCL-Type D. Aterminal received such indication/configuration may receive acorresponding NZP CSI-RS by using a doppler, delay value measured in aQCL-TypeA TRS and apply a Rx beam used for receiving QCL-TypeD SSB toreception of a corresponding NZP CSI-RS.

UE may receive an activation command by MAC CE signaling used to map upto 8 TCI states to a codepoint of a DCI field ‘TransmissionConfiguration Indication’.

Operation Related to Multi-TRPs

A coordinated multi point (CoMP) scheme refers to a scheme in which aplurality of base stations effectively control interference byexchanging (e.g., using an X2 interface) or utilizing channelinformation (e.g., RI/CQI/PMI/LI (layer indicator), etc.) fed back by aterminal and cooperatively transmitting to a terminal. According to ascheme used, a CoMP may be classified into joint transmission (JT),coordinated Scheduling (CS), coordinated Beamforming (CB), dynamic PointSelection (DPS), dynamic Point Blocking (DPB), etc.

M-TRP transmission schemes that M TRPs transmit data to one terminal maybe largely classified into i) eMBB M-TRP transmission, a scheme forimproving a transfer rate, and ii) URLLC M-TRP transmission, a schemefor increasing a reception success rate and reducing latency.

In addition, with regard to DCI transmission, M-TRP transmission schemesmay be classified into i) M-TRP transmission based on M-DCI (multipleDCI) that each TRP transmits different DCIs and ii) M-TRP transmissionbased on S-DCI (single DCI) that one TRP transmits DCI. For example, forS-DCI based M-TRP transmission, all scheduling information on datatransmitted by M TRPs should be delivered to a terminal through one DCI,it may be used in an environment of an ideal BackHaul (ideal BH) wheredynamic cooperation between two TRPs is possible.

For TDM based URLLC M-TRP transmission, scheme 3/4 is under discussionfor standardization. Specifically, scheme 4 means a scheme in which oneTRP transmits a transport block (TB) in one slot and it has an effect toimprove a probability of data reception through the same TB receivedfrom multiple TRPs in multiple slots. Meanwhile, scheme 3 means a schemein which one TRP transmits a TB through consecutive number of OFDMsymbols (i.e., a symbol group) and TRPs may be configured to transmitthe same TB through a different symbol group in one slot.

In addition, UE may recognize PUSCH (or PUCCH) scheduled by DCI receivedin different control resource sets (CORESETs) (or CORESETs belonging todifferent CORESET groups) as PUSCH (or PUCCH) transmitted to differentTRPs or may recognize PDSCH (or PDCCH) from different TRPs. In addition,the below-described method for UL transmission (e.g., PUSCH/PUCCH)transmitted to different TRPs may be applied equivalently to ULtransmission (e.g., PUSCH/PUCCH) transmitted to different panelsbelonging to the same TRP.

In addition, MTRP-URLLC may mean that a M TRPs transmit the sametransport block (TB) by using different layer/time/frequency. A UEconfigured with a MTRP-URLLC transmission scheme receives an indicationon multiple TCI state(s) through DCI and may assume that data receivedby using a QCL RS of each TCI state are the same TB. On the other hand,MTRP-eMBB may mean that M TRPs transmit different TBs by using differentlayer/time/frequency. A UE configured with a MTRP-eMBB transmissionscheme receives an indication on multiple TCI state(s) through DCI andmay assume that data received by using a QCL RS of each TCI state aredifferent TBs. In this regard, as UE separately classifies and uses aRNTI configured for MTRP-URLLC and a RNTI configured for MTRP-eMBB, itmay decide/determine whether the corresponding M-TRP transmission isURLLC transmission or eMBB transmission. In other words, when CRCmasking of DCI received by UE is performed by using a RNTI configuredfor MTRP-URLLC, it may correspond to URLLC transmission, and when CRCmasking of DCI is performed by using a RNTI configured for MTRP-eMBB, itmay correspond to eMBB transmission.

Hereinafter, a CORESET group ID described/mentioned in the presentdisclosure may mean an index/identification information (e.g., an ID,etc.) for distinguishing a CORESET for each TRP/panel. In addition, aCORESET group may be a group/union of CORESET distinguished by anindex/identification information (e.g., an ID)/the CORESET group ID,etc. for distinguishing a CORESET for each TRP/panel. In an example, aCORESET group ID may be specific index information defined in a CORESETconfiguration. In this case, a CORESET group may beconfigured/indicated/defined by an index defined in a CORESETconfiguration for each CORESET. Additionally/alternatively, a CORESETgroup ID may mean an index/identification information/an indicator, etc.for distinguishment/identification between CORESETsconfigured/associated with each TRP/panel. Hereinafter, a CORESET groupID described/mentioned in the present disclosure may be expressed bybeing substituted with a specific index/specific identificationinformation/a specific indicator for distinguishment/identificationbetween CORESETs configured/associated with each TRP/panel. The CORESETgroup ID, i.e., a specific index/specific identification information/aspecific indicator for distinguishment/identification between CORESETsconfigured/associated with each TRP/panel may be configured/indicated toa terminal through higher layer signaling (e.g., RRC signaling)/L2signaling (e.g., MAC-CE)/L1 signaling (e.g., DCI), etc. In an example,it may be configured/indicated so that PDCCH detection will be performedper each TRP/panel in a unit of a corresponding CORESET group (i.e., perTRP/panel belonging to the same CORESET group).Additionally/alternatively, it may be configured/indicated so thatuplink control information (e.g., CSI, HARQ-A/N (ACK/NACK), SR(scheduling request)) and/or uplink physical channel resources (e.g.,PUCCH/PRACH/SRS resources) are separated and managed/controlled per eachTRP/panel in a unit of a corresponding CORESET group (i.e., perTRP/panel belonging to the same CORESET group).Additionally/alternatively, HARQ A/N (process/retransmission) forPDSCH/PUSCH, etc. scheduled per each TRP/panel may be managed percorresponding CORESET group (i.e., per TRP/panel belonging to the sameCORESET group).

For example, a higher layer parameter, ControlResourceSet informationelement (IE), is used to configure a time/frequency control resource set(CORESET). In an example, the control resource set (CORESET) may berelated to detection and reception of downlink control information. TheControlResourceSet IE may include a CORESET-related ID (e.g.,controlResourceSetID)/an index of a CORESET pool for a CORESET (e.g.,CORESETPoolIndex)/a time/frequency resource configuration of aCORESET/TCI information related to a CORESET, etc. In an example, anindex of a CORESET pool (e.g., CORESETPoolIndex) may be configured as 0or 1. In the description, a CORESET group may correspond to a CORESETpool and a CORESET group ID may correspond to a CORESET pool index(e.g., CORESETPoolIndex).

NCJT (Non-coherent joint transmission) is a scheme in which a pluralityof transmission points (TP) transmit data to one terminal by using thesame time frequency resource, TPs transmit data by using a differentDMRS (Demodulation Multiplexing Reference Signal) between TPs through adifferent layer (i.e., through a different DMRS port).

A TP delivers data scheduling information through DCI to a terminalreceiving NCJT. Here, a scheme in which each TP participating in NCJTdelivers scheduling information on data transmitted by itself throughDCI is referred to as ‘multi DCI based NCJT’. As each of N TPsparticipating in NCJT transmission transmits DL grant DCI and a PDSCH toUE, UE receives N DCI and N PDSCHs from N TPs. Meanwhile, a scheme inwhich one representative TP delivers scheduling information on datatransmitted by itself and data transmitted by a different TP (i.e., a TPparticipating in NCJT) through one DCI is referred to as ‘single DCIbased NCJT’. Here, N TPs transmit one PDSCH, but each TP transmits onlysome layers of multiple layers included in one PDSCH. For example, when4-layer data is transmitted, TP 1 may transmit 2 layers and TP 2 maytransmit 2 remaining layers to UE.

Hereinafter, partially overlapped NCJT will be described.

In addition, NCJT may be classified into fully overlapped NCJT that timefrequency resources transmitted by each TP are fully overlapped andpartially overlapped NCJT that only some time frequency resources areoverlapped. In other words, for partially overlapped NCJT, data of bothof TP 1 and TP 2 are transmitted in some time frequency resources anddata of only one TP of TP 1 or TP 2 is transmitted in remaining timefrequency resources.

Hereinafter, a method for improving reliability in Multi-TRP will bedescribed.

As a transmission and reception method for improving reliability usingtransmission in a plurality of TRPs, the following two methods may beconsidered.

FIG. 15 illustrates a method of multiple TRPs transmission in a wirelesscommunication system to which the present disclosure may be applied.

In reference to FIG. 15(a), it is shown a case in which layer groupstransmitting the same codeword (CW)/transport block (TB) correspond todifferent TRPs. Here, a layer group may mean a predetermined layer setincluding one or more layers. In this case, there is an advantage thatthe amount of transmitted resources increases due to the number of aplurality of layers and thereby a robust channel coding with a lowcoding rate may be used for a TB, and additionally, because a pluralityof TRPs have different channels, it may be expected to improvereliability of a received signal based on a diversity gain.

In reference to FIG. 15(b), an example that different CWs aretransmitted through layer groups corresponding to different TRPs isshown. Here, it may be assumed that a TB corresponding to CW #1 and CW#2 in the drawing is identical to each other. In other words, CW #1 andCW #2 mean that the same TB is respectively transformed through channelcoding, etc. into different CWs by different TRPs. Accordingly, it maybe considered as an example that the same TB is repetitivelytransmitted. In case of FIG. 15(b), it may have a disadvantage that acode rate corresponding to a TB is higher compared to FIG. 15(a).However, it has an advantage that it may adjust a code rate byindicating a different RV (redundancy version) value or may adjust amodulation order of each CW for encoded bits generated from the same TBaccording to a channel environment.

According to methods illustrated in FIG. 15(a) and FIG. 15(b) above,probability of data reception of a terminal may be improved as the sameTB is repetitively transmitted through a different layer group and eachlayer group is transmitted by a different TRP/panel. It is referred toas a SDM (Spatial Division Multiplexing) based M-TRP URLLC transmissionmethod. Layers belonging to different layer groups are respectivelytransmitted through DMRS ports belonging to different DMRS CDM groups.

In addition, the above-described contents related to multiple TRPs aredescribed based on an SDM (spatial division multiplexing) method usingdifferent layers, but it may be naturally extended and applied to a FDM(frequency division multiplexing) method based on a different frequencydomain resource (e.g., RB/PRB (set), etc.) and/or a TDM (time divisionmultiplexing) method based on a different time domain resource (e.g., aslot, a symbol, a sub-symbol, etc.).

A Method of Transmitting and Receiving Channel State Information

According to a CSI (channel state information) framework which iscurrently defined in Rel-15/16 standards, a terminal may notacquire/report joint CSI for CSI-RS resources transmitted from adifferent TRP/panel. For example, when TRP 1/2 are assumed, a terminalmay acquire/report CSI (e.g., CRI/RI/PMI/CQI, etc.) for each of TRP 1and TRP 2, but may not acquire/report CSI (e.g., CRI/RI/PMI/CQI, etc.)suitable for multi-TRP transmission by considering TRP1/2 together.Accordingly, an operation which may support multi-TRP transmission(e.g., for NCJT/URLLC) was newly introduced in Rel-16, but there is adisadvantage that random parameters should be applied for linkadaptation because a base station does not know the optimum CSI forperforming multi-TRP transmission. If a terminal may acquire/report CSIsuitable for multi-TRP transmission by considering multi-TRPtransmission (e.g., for NCJT/URLLC), system performance may be improvedby performing more suitable link adaptation when performing multi-TRPtransmission.

In the present disclosure, a method that a terminal may acquire/reportCSI suitable for multi-TRP transmission by considering multi-TRPtransmission (e.g., for NCJT/URLLC) is proposed.

Hereinafter, in the present disclosure, for convenience of adescription, it is assumed that 2 TRPs (e.g., TRP1/TRP2) operate.However, such an assumption does not limit a technical scope of thepresent disclosure.

A description as a TRP in the present disclosure is for convenience of adescription, which may be obviously interpreted as a term such as apanel/a beam, etc.

In the present disclosure, L1 signaling may mean DCI-based dynamicsignaling between a base station and a terminal and L2 signaling maymean RRC/MAC CE (control element)-based higher layer signaling between abase station and a terminal.

‘CSI-ReportConfig’, a higher layer parameter for configuring a CSIreporting method, is defined in TS38.331 standard and some parametersare defined as in the following Table 9. Hereinafter, for convenience ofa description, ‘CSI-ReportConfig’ may be referred to as a reportingsetting.

TABLE 9 ASN1START TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIG-START CSI-ReportConfig : :=SEQUENCE { reportConfigId  CSI-ReportConfigId, carrier      ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need S resourcesForChannelMeasurement CSI-ResourceConfigId, csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference     CSI-ResourceConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need Rnzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference      CSI-ResourceConfigId OPTIONAL,-- Need R reportConfigType  CHOICE { i) periodic    SEQUENCE {reportSlotConfig  CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset, pucch-CSI-ResourceList  SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs) ) OF PUCCH-CSI-Resource ii) }, iii)semiPersistentOnPUCCH     SEQUENCE { reportSlotConfig CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset, pucch-CSI-ResourceList   SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofBWPs) ) OF PUCCH-CSI-Resource

In reference to FIG. 9 , one reporting setting may include up to 3‘CSI-ResourceConfig’s. For convenience, ‘CSI-ResourceConfig’ may bereferred to as a resource setting. According to a time domain behaviorof a reporting setting and the number of resource settings configured ina reporting setting, usage of each resource setting is defined inTS38.214 as in the following Table 10.

TABLE 10   For aperiodic CSI, each trigger state configured by using ahigher layer parameter ‘CSI-AperiodicTriggerState’ is associated withone or multiple ‘CSI-ReportConfig’s and here, each ‘CSI-ReportConfig’ islinked to periodic, semi-persistent or aperiodic resource setting (s):When one resource setting is configured, the resource setting (given bya higher layer parameter ‘resourcesForChannelMeasurement’) is forchannel measurement for L1-RSRP (reference signal received power) or forchannel and interference measurement for L1-SINR (signal interferencenoise ratio) computation. When two resource settings are configured, afirst resource setting (given by a higher layer parameter‘resourcesForChannelMeasurement’) is for channel measurement and asecond resource setting (given by a higher layer parameter‘csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference’ or a higher layer parameter‘nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference’) is for interference measurementperformed in CSI-IM (interference measurement) or a NZP CSI-RS. Whenthree resource settings are configured, a first resource setting (givenby a higher layer parameter ‘resourcesForChannelMeasurement’) is forchannel measurement and a second resource setting (given by a higherlayer parameter ‘csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference’) is for CSI-IM basedon interference measurement and a third resource setting (given by ahigher layer parameter ′nzp-CSI-RS- ResourcesForInterference’) is forinterference measurement based on a NZP CSI-RS. For semi-persistent orperiodic CSI, each ‘CSI-ReportConfig’ is linked to periodic orsemi-persistent resource setting(s): When one resource setting (given bya higher layer parameter ‘resourcesForChannelMeasurement’) isconfigured, the resource setting is for channel measurement for L1-RSRPor for channel and interference measurement for L1-SINR computation.When two resource settings are configured, a first resource setting(given by a higher layer parameter ‘resourcesForChannelMeasurement’) isfor channel measurement and a second resource setting (given by a higherlayer parameter ‘csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference’) is for interferencemeasurement performed in CSI-IM (interference measurement). For L1-SINRcomputation, a second resource setting (given by a higher layerparameter ‘csi-IM- ResourcesForInterference’ or a higher layer parameter‘nzp- CSI-RS-ResourceForInterference’) is used for interferencemeasurement performed in CSI-IM or a NZP CSI-RS.

As described above, one resource setting for channel measurement (CM)may be configured for aperiodic (AP) CSI. In addition, one resourcesetting for CM may be configured for semi-persistent or periodic CSI.

As defined in TS 38.214, for a P/SP CSI resource setting, the number ofCSI-RS resource sets which may be configured for a resource setting islimited to 1. For an AP CSI resource setting, a plurality of CSI-RSresource sets may be configured, but one resource set of a plurality ofresource sets is selected for each reporting setting when configuring atrigger state.

As described above, one resource setting for CM may be configured perreporting setting in current standards. Accordingly, when only oneresource setting for CM is configured per reporting setting according tocurrent standards, a method that a terminal may perform CM for eachdifferent TRP and interference measurement (IM) generated betweendifferent TRPs by using CSI-RS resources defined in one resource settingto acquire and report CSI for multi-TRP transmission is needed. To thisend, a method of configuring resource(s)/resource set(s) for CM for adifferent TRP and a method of configuring/indicating a relation for IMbetween resource(s)/resource set(s) corresponding to a different TRP areproposed. For example, a different TRP may be classified based on aCORESET group identifier (ID) (or an index) (or a CORESET pool index(CORESETpoolindex)).

Hereinafter, in the present disclosure, a resource set may mean anon-zero power (NZP) CSI-RS resource set, or a resource set may mean aCSI resource set which includes a NZP CSI-RS resource set and/or aCSI-IM (interference measurement) resource set. In addition,hereinafter, in the present disclosure, a resource may mean a NZP CSI-RSresource and may also mean a CSI resource which includes a NZP CSI-RSresource and/or a CSI-IM resource.

Proposal 1: A Method of Configuring Resource(s) Corresponding to aDifferent TRP to a Terminal in a Single Resource Set

Proposal 1-1: A base station may configure resource(s) corresponding toa different TRP to a terminal in a single resource set. Here, theresource set may be a resource set configured in a resource setting forchannel measurement in a reporting setting.

A base station may perform an indication/a configuration that such aresource set is a resource set which will be used for CSI computationfor multi-TRP transmission through L1/L2 signaling to a terminal. Inaddition, a base station may indicate/configure how many CSI sets (e.g.,N, N is a natural number) should be reported through a correspondingresource set through L1/L2 signaling to a terminal or may be defined bya fixed rule. In addition, a base station may indicate/configure thenumber of TRPs (e.g., M>=N, M is a natural number) to which resources ofa corresponding resource set correspond through L1/L2 signaling to aterminal, or may be defined by a fixed rule. According to acorresponding indication/configuration/rule, resources in a resource setmay be classified into M resource groups (sets). When an indication/aconfiguration is performed as above, N groups of M resource groups maybe selected by a terminal for computation/acquisition/reporting of N CSIsets. And, N resource groups and N CSI sets may have a one-to-onecorresponding relation and to this end, each CSI set may correspond to aresource group to which a resource utilized for CM belongs.

A terminal may report information on selected resource groups (i.e.,CSI) to a base station. Here, for N selected resource groups, resourcesin a specific group (e.g., a i-th resource group) may be utilized for CMwhen computing/acquiring/reporting a specific CSI set (e.g., a j-th CSIset) corresponding to the specific group (e.g., a i-th resource group).And, resources in (N−1) groups excluding a specific group applied to CM(e.g., a i-th resource group) may be utilized for IM of the specific CSIset (e.g., a j-th CSI set).

In the above-described proposal, ‘configuring resources(s) correspondingto a different TRP in a resource set to a terminal’, may be interpretedas a configuration of resources corresponding to a different TCI statein a resource set to a terminal. In addition, it may mean that resourcesin the same resource set have a CM/IM relation mutually in CSIcomputation.

Hereinafter, CSI computation for multi-TRP transmission is described.

FIG. 16 illustrates an interference signal of a terminal whentransmitting multiple TRPs in a wireless communication system to whichthe present disclosure may be applied.

In the above-described proposal, ‘CSI computation for multi-TRPtransmission’ may mean the following CM and IM method.

Based on FIG. 16 , a reception signal of a terminal may be as in thefollowing Equation.y _(N) _(rx) _(×1) =H ¹ _(N) _(rx) _(×N) _(1,tx) W ¹ _(N) _(1,tx) _(×N)_(1,ly) x ¹ _(N) _(1,ly) _(×1) +H ² _(N) _(rx) _(×N) _(2,tx) W ² _(N)_(2,tx) _(×N) _(2,ly) x ² _(N) _(2,ly) _(×1) +H ^(1,intf) _(N) _(rx)_(×N) _(1,intf) x ^(1,intf) _(N) _(1,intf) _(×1) +H ^(2,inft) _(N) _(rx)_(×N) _(2,intf) x ^(2,intf) _(N) _(2,intf) _(×1) +I _(N) _(rx) _(×1) +n_(N) _(rx) _(×1)   [Equation 3]

In Equation 3, y_(Nrx×1) may mean a reception signal of a terminal, H¹_(Nrx×N1,tx) may mean a channel of TRP 1, W¹ _(N1,tx×N1,ly) may mean aprecoding matrix (PM) of TRP 1, x¹ _(N1,ly×1) may mean a transmissionsignal of TRP 1, H² _(Nrx×N2,tx) may mean a channel of TRP 2, W²_(N2,tx×N2,ly) may mean PM of TRP 2, x² _(N2,ly×1) may mean atransmission signal of TRP 2, H^(1,intf) _(Nrx×N1,intf) may mean aninterference channel by a multi-user (MU) signal of TRP 1, x^(1,intf)_(N1,intf×1) may mean an interference signal by a MU signal of TRP 1,H^(2,intf) _(Nrx×N2,intf) may mean an interference channel by a MUsignal of TRP 2, x^(2,intf) _(N2,intf×1) may mean an interference signalby a MU signal of TRP 2, I_(Nrx×1) may mean an overlapped interferencesignal from an inter-cell (/TRP) and n_(Nrx×1) may mean a noise of aterminal.

In Equation 3, N_(rx) may mean the number of reception (antenna) portsof a terminal, N_(1,tx) may mean the number of transmission (antenna)ports of TRP 1, N_(1,ly) may mean the number of transmission layers(/ranks) of TRP 1, N_(2,tx) may mean the number of transmission(antenna) ports of TRP 2, N_(2,ly) may mean the number of transmissionlayers (/ranks) of TRP 2, N1,intf may mean the number of interferencelayers (/ranks) for a MU signal of TRP 1 and N2,intf may mean the numberof interference layers (/ranks) for a MU signal of TRP 2.

According to current standards, a terminal may estimate a channel of TRP1 by using a CSI-RS transmitted by TRP 1 and measure/calculate CSI(e.g., CRI/RI/PMI/CQI/LI (layer indicator), etc.) for TRP 1 to perform afeedback to a base station. Here, as a base station configures a NZPCSI-RS for CSI-IM and IM to a terminal for more accurate CSIcomputation/acquisition/reporting, a terminal may measure an effectiveinterference channel caused by a MU signal of TRP 1, an effectiveinterference channel caused by a MU signal of TRP 2, an overlappedinterference signal from an inter-cell (/TRP), etc. A terminal maymeasure a SINR based on a channel of the TRP 1, an interference channelcaused by a MU signal of TRP 1 and PM, an interference channel caused bya MU signal of TRP 2, an overlapped interference signal from aninter-cell (/TRP) and a size of a noise. Based on a measured SINR, CSI(e.g., CRI/RI/PMI/CQI/LI, etc.) may be computed/acquired andcorresponding CSI may be fed back to a base station.

Meanwhile, in such a process, when a terminal performs multi-TRPtransmission (e.g., for NCJT) in computing CSI of TRP 1, a terminal maynot measure a size of an interference signal and a size of a signalgenerated when applying a PMI of TRP 2 and a corresponding PMI.Accordingly, when CSI computed/acquired/reported by a terminal isequivalently applied to multi-TRP transmission in the above-describedexample, a difference between a SINR of a terminal expected by a basestation and an actual SINR may be generated by an influence of aninterference signal generated between different TRPs which are notreflected on CSI computation. In addition, it may reduce systemperformance such as an increase in an error rate/a decrease in thetransmission amount, etc. of a reception signal. As a method which maymake up for such a disadvantage, ‘CSI computation for multi-TRPtransmission’ in the present disclosure may mean the followingoperation.

As a base station configures a NZP CSI-RS for CSI-IM and IM to aterminal, a terminal may measure an effective interference channelcaused by a MU signal of TRP 1, an effective interference channel causedby a MU signal of TRP 2 and an overlapped interference signal from aninter-cell (/TRP). In addition, as a base station configures a CSI-RStransmitted by TRP 1 and a CSI-RS transmitted by TRP 2 andconfigures/indicates a relation of two CSI-RSs, a terminal may estimatea channel of TRP 1 and a channel of TRP 2 and estimate an interferencechannel between different TRPs. A terminal may compute/acquire acombination of W¹ _(N1,tx×N1,ly) and W² _(N2,tx×N2,ly) which maymaximize a received SINR based on the estimated value (e.g., anestimated value on H¹ _(Nrx×N1,tx), H² _(Nrx×N2,tx), H^(1,intf)_(Nrx×N1,intf), H^(2,intf) _(Nrx×N2,intf), I_(Nrx×1), etc.). And, aterminal may compute CSI for TRP 1 and TRP 2 (e.g., CRI/RI/PMI/CQI/LI),respectively. Alternatively, a terminal may measure at least a size ofan interference channel between different TRPs and reflect it on CSI(e.g., CQI, etc.) computation. In addition, in the above-describedprocess, a terminal may perform a joint search for various beamcombinations of different TRPs (e.g., a combination by cri-RSRP,ssb-Index-RSRP, cri-SINR, ssb-Index-SINR, etc.). Here, a terminal maycompute CQI based on a SINR on which interference between different TRPswhich are expected in multi-TRP transmission is reflected, so it mayhave an advantage that more accurate CQI may be fed back. In addition,covariance matrix values generated by using estimated channel values maybe utilized for SINR measurement when computing the CSI. A detailedmethod thereon is described in ‘the following method of SINR computationconsidering multi-TRP transmission’.

Examples of a method for a base station to indicate/configure a resourceset which will be utilized for CSI computation for multi-TRPtransmission to a terminal are as follows. The following method maycorrespond to an example of L1/L2 signaling for performing a proposedoperation. But, it is clear that a proposal according to the presentdisclosure is not limited to the following method.

-   -   A1: For each resource set, the operation (i.e., utilized for CSI        computation for multi-TRP transmission) may be configured        through a specific parameter. Alternatively, for a resource set        connected to a specific reporting setting, the operation (i.e.,        utilized for CSI computation for multi-TRP transmission) may be        configured through a specific parameter. A value of M        corresponding to the number of resource groups (RG) in a        resource set may correspond to an example of the parameter.        Here, when a value of M is configured as 2 or more, a terminal        may perform CSI computation for the above-proposed multi-TRP        transmission. Alternatively, after assuming a fixed value of M        (i.e., M may be pre-defined), a parameter in a form such as a        flag representing whether the operation (i.e., CSI computation        for multi-TRP transmission) is performed may be defined.    -   A2: The operation may be configured through a specific parameter        in a reporting setting. A parameter configuring a CSI entry        (e.g., reportQuantity) may correspond to an example of the        parameter. Here, when a CSI entry for multi-TRP transmission is        included in the parameter (e.g., an index for an RG        combination/a hypothesis indicator, etc.), the above-proposed        operation (i.e., CSI computation for multi-TRP transmission) may        be performed. When it is configured to perform the        above-proposed operation, a value of M may be        indicated/configured to a terminal based on L1/L2 signaling or        may be defined by a fixed rule. For example, a value of M may be        configured together in a corresponding reporting setting, or a        value of M may be configured in a resource setting/a resource        set connected to a corresponding reporting setting.

Hereinafter, a definition of a CSI set is described.

A CSI set may be defined as a value (or a set/information) including oneor more CSI entries of CRI/RI/PMI/LI/CQI/L1-SINR/L1-RSRP.

FIG. 17 illustrates a CSI set and a resource group in a resource setaccording to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 17 represents an example of a relation on N (e.g., 2) CSI sets andM (e.g., 3) resource groups configured in a resource set.

FIG. 17 represents an example in which N and M are configured as 2 and3, respectively. In addition, it represents an example in which aresource for CM in CSI #1, a first CSI set, is included in resourcegroup (RG) #1 and a resource for CM in CSI #2, a second CSI set, isincluded in resource group (RG) #2. A terminal may use two resourcesincluded in a different RG combination to compute CSI of two CSI sets.

For example, a terminal may assume multi-TRP transmission based on TRP#1/#2. In addition, a terminal may assume one resource of resources inRG #1 as a resource for CM for CSI computation of a first CSI set. Inaddition, a terminal may assume one resource of resources in RG #2 as aresource for CM for CSI computation of a second CSI set. Here, aresource for CM in each CSI set may be utilized as a resource for IM inother CSI set. For example, a resource for CM of resources in RG #1 usedfor CSI computation of a first CSI set may be used as a resource for IMin a second CSI set and vice versa.

For the operation, CSI computation may be performed for a total of 27resource combinations including M (e.g., 3), N (e.g., 2) TRPcombinations (3 TRP combinations in an example of FIG. 17 ) and K₁(e.g., 3)×K₂ (e.g., 3) resource combinations (9 resource combinations inan example of FIG. 17 ) to find a TRP combination and a resourcecombination which are more suitable in multi-TRP transmission. Here, K₁and K₂ may mean the total number of resources of an RG that a resourcefor CM in a first CSI set is included and the total number of resourcesof an RG that a resource for CM in a second CSI set is included,respectively.

Meanwhile, when a terminal should consider all TRP combinations and allresource combinations as in the example, a disadvantage that complexityof a terminal for CSI computation gets too high may be generated. Tosupplement such a disadvantage, a base station may perform anindication/a configuration to a terminal through L1/L2 signaling and/ora specific rule between a base station and a terminal may be fixedlyapplied so that a terminal can consider only specific TRP(s) and/orspecific TRP combination(s) and/or specific resource combination(s) inCSI computation.

The following FIG. 18 represents an example in which a specific rule isapplied between a base station and a terminal so that only a combinationof specific resources will be considered in CSI computation.

FIG. 18 illustrates a CSI set and a resource group in a resource setaccording to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 18 illustrates a case in which resources in a different RG maycorrespond only one to one in ascending order (or descending order). InFIG. 18 , a terminal may assume multi-TRP transmission based on TRP#1/#2. In addition, a terminal may assume one resource of resources inRG #1 as a resource for CM for CSI computation of a first CSI set. Inaddition, a terminal may assume a resource in the same order (or index)as a resource in RG #1 of resources in RG #2 as a resource for CM forCSI computation of a second CSI set. For example, if a terminal usesresource #2 of resources in RG #1 as a resource for CM for CSIcomputation of a first CSI set, it may use resource #5 of resources inRG #2 as a resource for CM for CSI computation of a second CSI set.

Here, a resource for CM in each CSI set may be utilized as a resourcefor IM in other CSI set. For example, a resource for CM of resources inRG #1 used for CSI computation of a first CSI set may be used as aresource for IM in a second CSI set and vice versa.

For an operation such as the example, CSI computation may be performedonly for a total of 9 resource combinations including 3 TRP combinationsand 3 resource combinations, so the computation amount of a terminal maybe significantly reduced.

Hereinafter, another definition of a CSI set is described.

An example of the FIGS. 17 and 18 illustrates a case in which the sameCSI entry (e.g., CRI/RI/PMI/LI/CQI, etc.) is included in each CSI set.On the other hand, a CSI entry included in each CSI set may bedifferently defined. And/or, a common CSI entry may be separatelydefined for a different CSI set.

FIGS. 19 and 20 illustrate a CSI set and a resource group in a resourceset according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 19 represents an example in which a CSI entry included in each CSIset is differently defined and FIG. 20 represents an example in which acommon CSI entry is defined for a different CSI set. In an example ofFIG. 19 , CRI/RI/CQI included in CSI #1 may be interpreted as a valuewhich is commonly applied to CSI #1/CSI #2. Alternatively, a CSI setwhich is commonly applied in an example of FIG. 20 (e.g., CSI #0) may beseparately defined. For a CSI entry which may be included in a CSI set,the following contents may be applied together. The following methodillustrates L1/L2 signaling for performing a proposal that a CSI entryincluded in each CSI set is differently defined and/or a common CSIentry is defined, but it is not limited to the following method.

-   -   CRI: For a different CSI set, a different CRI may be reported        respectively. In this case, the different CRI may mean a CRI        included in a different resource group (RG).

Alternatively, only one CRI may be reported for a different CSI set. Inaddition, a combination of resources included in a different RG may bereported based on a corresponding CRI value. In this case, acorresponding CRI value may mean an order (or an index) of resources ineach RG. In addition, a bit for CRI reporting may be defined based onthe number of resources included in a specific resource group (RG).According to current standards, the number of bits is determined basedon the number of resources configured in a resource set, but accordingto this proposal, there is an advantage that the number of bits for CRIreporting may be saved.

As an example of the method, when a value indicated by the CRI is j,each j-th resource in an RG selected for a CSI set configuration may beselected. Alternatively, a corresponding CRI value may mean an order (oran index) indicating a specific resource, and another resource may bedetermined based on index information of the specific resource andinformation of an RG combination selected for a CSI set configuration.For example, when an order in a resource set of the specific resourceindex is n and an order in an RG is i, a i-th resource in other RG maybe selected based on an order in an RG. A detailed description ofinformation on an RG combination selected for a CSI set configuration isdescribed later.

-   -   RI: For a different CSI set, a different RI may be reported.        Alternatively, only one RI may be reported for a different CSI        set, and in this case, both two CSI sets may assume one RI        reported above. As such, when only one RI is reported, a degree        of freedom for RI selection gets lower, but a feedback overhead        for RI reporting may be reduced.

Alternatively, a RI in other CSI set may be defined as a differentialvalue compared with a RI of the specific CSI set based on a RI of aspecific CSI set for a different CSI set. For example, when a RI valuefor a first CSI set is 2 and a RI value for a second CSI set is 4, aterminal may report 2 as a RI value for a first CSI set and report 2 asa RI value for a second CSI set (i.e., a differential value comparedwith a RI of a first CSI set). In this case, a feedback overhead for RIreporting may be reduced.

In the above-described methods, only a specific RI combination may belimited and defined in CSI reporting. For example, a terminal may reportonly a RI combination for each CSI set such as 1:1, 1:2, 2:1, 2:2, 2:3,3:2, 3:3, 3:4, 4:3, 4:4.

Alternatively, a different RI may be reported through a value meaning(indicating) a combination of different RI values. For example,regarding a RI combination such as 1:1, 1:2, 2:1, 2:2, 2:3, 3:2, 3:3,3:4, 4:3, 4:4, 10 states are assumed. In this case, a terminal mayreport a different RI value for each CSI set by reporting a state valuecorresponding to a specific RI combination.

-   -   Transmission of 2 Codewords (CW): When a sum of RI values for a        different CSI set is equal to or greater than a specific value        (e.g., 5), a terminal may report 2 CQIs for 2 CWs. Here, CQI        reporting for a different CW is described in detail in the        following CQI part.    -   PMI: For a different CSI set, a different independent PMI value        may be reported based on a PM (precoding matrix) defined in        standards.

Alternatively, a PMI in other CSI set may be defined as a differentialvalue compared with a PMI of the specific CSI set based on a PMI of aspecific CSI set for a different CSI set. For example, PMI indexvalue(s) for a first CSI set may be reported as they are and PMI indexvalue(s) for a second CSI set may be reported as a differential valuecompared with PMI index value(s) for a first CSI set. In this case, afeedback overhead for PMI reporting may be reduced. The method mayassume that an independent PM is applied to a different TRP. The examplemay assume that an independent PM is applied to each resourcecorresponding to a different CSI set.

-   -   CQI: For a different CSI set, a different independent CQI value        may be reported. Here, a SINR assumption for each CQI may be        different. For example, for CSI #1, it may be defined as        SINR₁=S₁/(I_(1,Ly1)+I_(1,NCJT2)+I_(1,MU1)+I_(1,MU2)+I_(intf)+N)        and for CSI #2, it may be defined as        SINR₂=S₂/(I_(2,Ly2)+I_(2,NCJT1)+I_(2,MU1)+I_(2,MU2)+I_(intf)+N).        Here, S₁ and S₂ may mean signal power by a TRP 1 channel and        signal power by a TRP 2 channel, respectively. I_(1,Ly1) and        I_(2,Ly2) may mean inter-layer interference signal power by a        TRP 1 channel and inter-layer interference signal power by a TRP        2 channel, respectively. I_(1,NCJT2) and I_(2,NCJT1) may mean        interference signal power of TRP 1 by a TRP 2 channel and        interference signal power of TRP 2 by a TRP 1 channel,        respectively. I_(1,MU1) and I_(2,MU2) may mean interference        signal power of TRP 1 by a MU channel of TRP 1 and interference        signal power of TRP 1 by a MU channel of TRP 2, respectively.        I_(1,MU1) and I_(2,MU1) may mean interference signal power of        TRP 2 by a MU channel of TRP 1 and interference signal power of        TRP 2 by a MU channel of TRP 2, respectively. I_(intf) may mean        overlapped interference signal power from an inter-cell (/TRP).        N may mean a size of a noise.

Meanwhile, when a base station simultaneously transmits a signal from adifferent TPR (e.g., for NCJT), a reception SINR of a terminal may bedefined as SINR_(NCJT)=(S₁+S₂)(I_(1,Ly1)+I_(1,NCJT2)+I_(2,Ly2)+I_(2,NCJT1)+I_(1,MU1)+I_(1,MU2)+I_(2,MU1)+I_(2,MU2)+I_(intf)+N).As in an example described in the Equations, when a differentindependent CQI value considers only signal power of a specific TRP, itmay have a value different from a CQI in actual multi-TRP transmission(e.g., for NCJT). Accordingly, a base station may indicate/configure aterminal to report a (single) CQI considering multi-TRP transmission(e.g., for NCJT) through L1/L2 signaling or may be defined by a fixedrule. In this case, only one CQI may be reported for a different CSIset. When only one CQI is reported as above, it may mean a CQI for 1CWtransmission.

-   -   A relation of a transmission layer of a PDSCH/antenna port(s)        for a PDSCH (a DMRS)/antenna port(s) for a CSI-RS/a precoder in        CQI computation is described:

In current standards, UE assumes that a PDSCH signal in an antenna portset [1000, . . . , 1000+v−1] for v layers is equivalent to a signalcorresponding to corresponding symbols transmitted from an antenna port[3000, . . . , 3000+P−1] as in the following Equation 4.

$\begin{matrix}{\begin{bmatrix}{y^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y^{({3000 + P - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix} = {{W(i)}\begin{bmatrix}{x^{(0)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}4} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

x(i)=[x⁽⁰⁾(i) . . . x^((v−1))(i)]^(T) is a vector of PDSCH symbolsgenerated from layer mapping. P∈{1,2,4,8,12,16,24,32} is the number ofCSI-RS ports. When only one CSI-RS port is configured, W(i) is 1. WhenreportQuantity, a higher layer parameter in CSI-ReportConfig that a CQIis reported, is set as ‘cri-RI-PMI-CQI’ or ‘cri-RI-LI-PMI-CQI’, W(i) isa precoding matrix corresponding to a reported PMI which is applicableto x(i). When reportQuantity, a higher layer parameter inCSI-ReportConfig that a CQI is reported, is set as ‘cri-RI-CQI’, W(i) isa precoding matrix corresponding to a procedure described in clause5.2.1.4.2 of TS38.214. When reportQuantity, a higher layer parameter inCSI-ReportConfig that a CQI is reported, is set as ‘cri-RI-i1-CQI’, W(i)is a precoding matrix corresponding to i1 reported according to aprocedure described in clause 5.2.1.4.2 of TS38.214. A correspondingPDSCH signal transmitted in an antenna port [3000, . . . , 3000+P−1] mayhave the same ratio of a PDSCH EPRE (Energy Per Resource Element) to aCSI-RS EPRE as a ratio given in clause 5.2.2.3.1 of TS38.214.

In current standards, one resource is assumed in CSI computation andaccordingly, it has one RI/PMI. Accordingly, only one RI and PM areconsidered also in a relation of a transmission layer of a PDSCH/antennaport(s) for a PDSCH (a DMRS)/antenna port(s) for a CSI-RS/a precoder inCQI computation defined in the standards. However, in CSI computationconsidering multi-TRP transmission, it may have each RI/PMI value for adifferent CSI-RS resource corresponding to a different CSI set.Accordingly, in this case, a relation between an antenna port for atransmission layer of a PDSCH/a PDSCH (a DMRS) and a CSI-RS port/a RI/aprecoder corresponding to a difference resource corresponding to adifferent CSI set should be defined.

-   -   A Method of reporting 1 CQI for transmission of 1 CW

For example, when a sum of RIs corresponding to a different CSI set isequal to or less than 4, 1 CQI for transmission of 1 CW may be reported.In this case, a CQI may be determined based on the following method.

1) For a CSI-RS port and a precoder, an order for CQI computation (or anindex, or an order, or mapping) may be defined based on an order of aCSI set (or an index, or an order (e.g., ascending order or descendingorder)). The following Equation 5 represents an example of the method.

$\begin{matrix}{\begin{bmatrix}{y_{{CSI}1}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}1}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}1} - 1})}(i)} \\{y_{{CSI}2}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}2}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}2} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix} = {\begin{bmatrix}{W_{{CSI}1}(i)} & 0 \\0 & {W_{{CSI}2}(i)}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}{x^{(0)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}5} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

In Equation 5, y^((p)) _(CSI1)(i) and y^((p)) _(CSI2)(i) may mean asymbol transmitted through a p-th CSI-RS port of a resourcecorresponding to a first CSI set and a symbol transmitted through a p-thCSI-RS port of a resource corresponding to a second CSI set,respectively. P_(CSI1) and P_(CSI2) may mean the number of CSI-RS portsof a resource corresponding to a first CSI set and the number of CSI-RSports of a resource corresponding to a second CSI set, respectively.W_(CSI1)(i) and W_(CSI2)(i) may mean a PM corresponding to a first CSIset (e.g., a PM selected by a terminal/selected by a rule) and a PMcorresponding to a second CSI set (e.g., a PM selected by aterminal/selected by a rule), respectively. 0 may mean a matrix that allelements are configured with 0.

For CSI-RS ports defined in Equation 5, it may be assumed that a signalcorresponding to a symbol transmitted from a corresponding antenna portin an order in a vector is the same as a signal transmitted from a[1000, . . . , 1000+v−1] port that a PDSCH is transmitted. Here, symbolsmapped to each layer may follow a definition of standards. It may mean amapping relation between each layer and a DMRS port. In addition, thecontents may be equally applied in the following proposal. For example,in CQI computation, UE assumes that a PDSCH signal in an antenna portset [1000, . . . , 1000+v−1] for v layers is equivalent to a signalcorresponding to corresponding symbols transmitted in an antenna port[3000_(CSI1), . . . , 3000_(CSI1)+P_(CSI1)−1, 3000_(CSI2), . . . ,3000_(CSI2)+P_(CSI2)−1]. Here, x(i)=[x⁽⁰⁾(i) . . . x^((v−1))(i)]^(T) isa vector of PDSCH symbols generated from layer mapping.

2) For a CSI-RS port and a precoder, an order for CQI computation (or anindex, or an order, or mapping) may be defined based on a RI size of aCSI set (e.g., ascending order or descending order). The followingEquation 6 represents an example of the method.

$\begin{matrix}{\begin{bmatrix}{y_{{CSI}a}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}a}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}a} - 1})}(i)} \\{y_{{CSI}b}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}b}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}b} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix} = {\begin{bmatrix}{W_{{CSI}a}(i)} & 0 \\0 & {W_{{CSI}b}(i)}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}{x^{(0)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}6} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

In Equation 6, y^((p)) _(CSIa)(i) and y^((p)) _(CSIb)(i) may mean asymbol transmitted through a p-th CSI-RS port of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIa set and a symbol transmitted through a p-thCSI-RS port of a resource corresponding to a CSIb set, respectively.P_(CSIa) and P_(CSIb) may mean the number of CSI-RS ports of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIa set and the number CSI-RS ports of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIb set, respectively. W_(CSIa)(i) and W_(CSIb)(i)may mean a PM corresponding to a CSIa set (e.g., a PM selected by aterminal/selected by a rule) and a PM corresponding to a CSIb set (e.g.,a PM selected by a terminal/selected by a rule), respectively. 0 maymean a matrix that all elements are configured with 0.

In the Equation, for CSIa and CSIb, an order may be determined tosatisfy RI_(CSIa)≥RI_(CSIb) or RI_(CSIa)≤RI_(CSIb). For example, when afirst condition is assumed, for RI_(CSI1), RI_(CSI2)=2, 1, CSIa and CSIbmay correspond to CSI1 and CSI2, respectively. Meanwhile, when a RI of adifferent CSI set is the same, an order may be defined based on a methodof the 1).

-   -   A Method of reporting 2 CQIs for transmission of 2 CWs

For example, when a sum of RIs corresponding to a different CSI set isequal to or greater than 5, 2 CQIs for transmission of 2 CWs may bereported. In this case, each CQI corresponding to a different CW may bedetermined based on the following method.

1) For a CSI-RS port and a precoder, an order for CQI computation (or anindex, or an order, or mapping) may be defined based on an order of aCSI set (or an index, or an order (e.g., ascending order or descendingorder)). Here, transmission layers may be classified into differentlayer groups (LG) and a different PM may (sequentially) correspond to atransmission layer of a different LG. For example, a PM in CSI set 1 may(sequentially (e.g., in ascending order/descending order)) correspond toa transmission layer belonging to LG 1 and a PM in CSI set 2 may(sequentially (e.g., in ascending order/descending order)) correspond toa transmission layer belonging to LG 2. The following Equation 7represents an example of the method.

$\begin{matrix}{\begin{bmatrix}{y_{{CSI}1}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}1}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}1} - 1})}(i)} \\{y_{{CSI}2}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}2}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}2} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix} = \text{ }{\begin{bmatrix}{W_{{CSI}1}(i)} & 0 \\0 & {W_{{CSI}2}(i)}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}{x^{(v_{{LG}1}^{1})}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v_{{LG}1}^{1} + {RI}_{{CSI}1} - 1})}(i)} \\{x^{(v_{{LG}2}^{1})}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v_{{LG}2}^{1} + {RI}_{{CSI}2} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}7} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

In Equation 7, y^((p)) _(CSI1)(i) and y^((p)) _(CSI2)(i) may mean asymbol transmitted through a p-th CSI-RS port of a resourcecorresponding to a first CSI set and a symbol transmitted through a p-thCSI-RS port of a resource corresponding to a second CSI set,respectively. P_(CSI1) and P_(CSI2) may mean the number of CSI-RS portsof a resource corresponding to a first CSI set and the number of CSI-RSports of a resource corresponding to a second CSI set, respectively.W_(CSI1)(i) and W_(CSI2)(i) may mean a PM corresponding to a first CSIset (e.g., a PM selected by a terminal/selected by a rule) and a PMcorresponding to a second CSI set (e.g., a PM selected by aterminal/selected by a rule), respectively. 0 may mean a matrix that allelements are configured with 0.

In Equation 7, v¹ _(LG1) and v¹ _(LG2) may mean a first layer index of afirst LG and a first layer index of a second LG, respectively.

In the method, a transmission layer corresponding to a different LG maybe defined based on all RI values and an example may be as follows. Forexample, for a RI=5/6/7, V_(LG1)={2,3,6,7}, v_(LG2)={0,1,4,5} orv_(LG2)={2,3,6,7}, v_(LG1)={0,1,4,5} may be defined. In another example,for a RI=6, v_(LG1)={2,3,5}, v_(LG2)={0,1,4} or v_(LG2)={2,3,5},v_(LG1)={0,1,4} may be defined.

Based on an example of the LG, when a RI value of a different CSI set isdifferent, LG2 may correspond to a CSI set having a larger RI value. Inother words, a LG including a layer corresponding a CW having a large RIvalue for all RI values may correspond to a CSI set having a large RIvalue.

Alternatively, when a different CSI set has the same RI value, a CSI setand a LG may correspond respectively based on a specific order (e.g.,ascending order/descending order).

A reason why a LG may be classified as above is as follows. As describedin the following standards, based on TS38.212, when a DMRS port index isindicated to a terminal through DCI, it may be defined to correspond toa transmission layer in an indicated DMRS port order.

For example) Antenna port(s)—4, 5, or 6 bits, here, the number of CDMgroups without values of 1, 2, 3 refers to each CDM group {0, {0,1},{0,1,2}. An antenna port {p₀, . . . , p_(v−1)} is determined accordingto an order of DMRS port(s).

Meanwhile, when a plurality of TCI states are indicated to a terminalfor multi-TRP transmission, each TCI state and DMRS port may be definedin TS38.214 as below so that they can be mapped each other based on aCDM group that a DMRS port is included.

For example) When UE is not indicated by DCI including a DCI field ‘Timedomain resource assignment’ indicating an entry inpdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList including RepNumR16 inPDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and when 2 TCI states in a codepointof a DCI field ‘Transmission Configuration Indication’ are indicated andDM-RS port(s) in 2 CDM groups in a DCI field ‘Antenna Port(s)’ areindicated, a first TCI state corresponds to a CDM group of a firstantenna port indicated by an antenna port indication table and a secondTCI state corresponds to other CDM group.

According to the above-described contents, when a plurality of TCIstates are indicated to a terminal for multi-TRP transmission, each TCIstate may be mapped to a DMRS port included in a specific CDM group.And, the DMRS port is sequentially mapped to a transmission layer in anorder defined in standards. Thereby, when 2 CWs are transmitted, DMRSports corresponding to a different TCI state may correspond to layerscorresponding to a specific CW. In other words, a specific CW may bemapped to a different TRP together without being mapped to a specificTRP.

The following Table 11 represents a mapping relation between eachCW/layer/DMRS port/CDM group when 5 layers are transmitted according tocurrent standards. (DMRS Type 1 is illustrated)

TABLE 11 Codeword DMRS CDM (CW) layer port group 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 2 1 33 1 4 4 0

As shown in Table 11, for CW1, it may be shown that a DMRS portcorresponding to a different CDM group, i.e., corresponding to adifferent TRP, is mapped. The mapping relation should be able to bereflected when a terminal computes a CQI of a different CW. For example,according to a mapping relation of a layer-DMRS port-CDM group in thetable, layer 0, 1, 4 may correspond to TRP 1 and layer 2, 3 maycorrespond to TRP 2. Accordingly, in CQI computation of CW1, a thirdlayer of TRP 1 and a first and second layer of TRP 2 may be a layer of atransmission signal and may be computed as signal power in CQIcomputation. On the other hand, a first and second layer of TRP 1corresponding to CW0 may be an interference layer for CW1 and may becomputed as interference power in CQI computation for CW1. As describedin an example of Table 11, a layer corresponding to each CW may classifya layer group (LG) based on a mapping relation of a layer-DMRS port-CDMgroup, i.e., based on a CDM group to which a layer will correspond.

FIG. 21 illustrates information on a CDM group and a DMRS portcorresponding to each layer based on all RIs according to an embodimentof the present disclosure.

2) For a CSI-RS port and a precoder, an order for CQI computation (or anindex, or an order, or mapping) may be defined based on a RI size of aCSI set (e.g., ascending order or descending order). Here, transmissionlayers may be classified into different layer groups (LG) and adifferent PM may (sequentially) correspond to a transmission layer of adifferent LG. For example, a PM in CSI set 1 may (sequentially (e.g., inascending order/descending order)) correspond to a transmission layerbelonging to LG 1 and a PM in CSI set 2 may (sequentially (e.g., inascending order/descending order)) correspond to a transmission layerbelonging to LG 2. The following Equation 8 represents an example of themethod.

$\begin{matrix}{\begin{bmatrix}{y_{{CSI}a}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}a}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}a} - 1})}(i)} \\{y_{{CSI}b}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}b}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}b} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix} = \text{ }{\begin{bmatrix}{W_{{CSI}a}(i)} & 0 \\0 & {W_{{CSI}b}(i)}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}{x^{(v_{{LG}1}^{1})}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v_{{LG}1}^{1} + {RI}_{{CSI}1} - 1})}(i)} \\{x^{(v_{{LG}2}^{1})}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v_{{LG}2}^{1} + {RI}_{{CSI}2} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}8} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

In Equation 8, y^((p)) _(CSIa)(i) and y^((p)) _(CSIb)(i) may mean asymbol transmitted through a p-th CSI-RS port of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIa set and a symbol transmitted through a p-thCSI-RS port of a resource corresponding to a CSIb set, respectively.P_(CSIa) and P_(CSIb) may mean the number of CSI-RS ports of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIa set and the number CSI-RS ports of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIb set, respectively. W_(CSIa)(i) and W_(CSIb)(i)may mean a PM corresponding to a CSIa set (e.g., a PM selected by aterminal/selected by a rule) and a PM corresponding to a CSIb set (e.g.,a PM selected by a terminal/selected by a rule), respectively. 0 maymean a matrix that all elements are configured with 0.

In the Equation, for CSIa and CSIb, an order may be determined tosatisfy RI_(CSIa)≥RI_(CSIb) or RI_(CSIa)≤RI_(CSIb). For example, when afirst condition is assumed, for RI_(CSI1), RI_(CSI2)=3, 2, CSIa and CSIbmay correspond to CSI1 and CSI2, respectively. Meanwhile, when a RI of adifferent CSI set is the same, an order may be defined based on a methodof the 1).

In Equation 8, v¹ _(LG1) and v¹ _(LG2) may mean a first layer index of afirst LG and a first layer index of a second LG, respectively.

In the method, a transmission layer corresponding to a different LG maybe defined based on all RI values and an example may be as follows. Forexample, for a RI=5/7/8, v_(LG1)={2,3,6,7}, v_(LG2)={0,1,4,5} orv_(LG2)={2,3,6,7}, v_(LG1)={0,1,4,5} may be defined. In another example,for a RI=6, v_(LG1)={2,3,5}, v_(LG2)={0,1,4} or v_(LG2)={2,3,5},v_(LG1)={0,1,4} may be defined.

Based on an example of the LG, when a RI value of a different CSI set isdifferent, LG2 may correspond to a CSI set having a larger RI value. Inother words, a LG including a layer corresponding a CW having a large RIvalue for all RI values may correspond to a CSI set having a large RIvalue.

Alternatively, when a different CSI set has the same RI value, a CSI setand a LG may correspond respectively based on a specific order (e.g.,ascending order/descending order).

-   -   LI (layer indicator): For a different CSI set, a different        independent LI value may be reported. Whether a different        independent LI value is reported and/or the number of LI values        reported in each CSI set may be indicated by L1/L2 signaling        and/or may be determined based on a fixed rule. For example, the        number of LI values which should be reported may be determined        based on the maximum number of PTRS ports configured in a        terminal. For example, when the maximum number of PTRS ports is        configured as 2, two different LI values may be reported in each        CSI set. For example, when N is 2 in the assumption (i.e., there        are 2 CSI sets), a LI value of each CSI set and/or the number of        bits necessary for reporting a LI value may be determined based        on a RI and/or a PMI reported in each CSI set. For example, when        it is assumed that a RI value corresponding to a specific CSI        set is v, the number of bits necessary for reporting a LI value        of the specific CSI set may be determined based on the number of        ports configuring a resource corresponding to a corresponding        CSI set. For example, it may be determined such as ceil(log₂ v)        (ceil(x) is the minimum integer which is not smaller than x) or        min(2,ceil(log₂ v)). In addition, the reported LI value may mean        the strongest layer index corresponding to a specific column of        a PM corresponding to a PMI of a corresponding CSI set.        Meanwhile, when the maximum number of PTRS ports is configured        as 1, one LI value may be reported. Alternatively, a LI value        selected for a specific CSI set may be reported and a LI value        fixed as a specific value for remaining N−1 CSI sets may be        reported.    -   A1. When one LI value is reported for a different CSI set and an        independent CQI is reported in a different CSI set: The number        of bits necessary for reporting a corresponding LI may be        determined based on the largest value of RI values included in        all CSI sets (e.g., v) and the number of ports configuring a        resource corresponding to a CSI set that the largest RI value is        included. For example, it may be determined such as ceil(log₂        v)(ceil(x) is the minimum integer which is not smaller than x)        or min(2,ceil(log₂ v)). Here, a CSI set corresponding to the        reported LI value may be determined based on a RI/a CQI included        in each CSI set. For example, a CSI set corresponding to the        reported LI value may be determined as a CSI set having a larger        CQI and/or (when a CQI is the same) may be determined as a CSI        set having a larger RI value and/or (when a CQI/a RI is the        same) may be determined as a specific CSI set (e.g., a first CSI        set). The reported LI value may mean the strongest layer index        corresponding to a specific column of a PM corresponding to a        PMI of a corresponding CSI set.    -   A2. When one LI value is reported for a different CSI set and        one CQI is reported for a different CSI set: The number of bits        necessary for reporting a corresponding LI may be determined        based on the largest value of RI values included in all CSI sets        (e.g., v) and the number of ports configuring a resource        corresponding to a CSI set that the largest RI value is        included. For example, it may be determined such as ceil(log₂        v)(ceil(x) is the minimum integer which is not smaller than x)        or min(2,ceil(log₂ v)). Here, a CSI set corresponding to the        reported LI value may be determined based on a RI included in        each CSI set. For example, the reported LI value may be        determined as a CSI set having a larger RI value and/or (when a        RI is the same) may be determined as a specific CSI set (e.g., a        first CSI set). And/or a CSI set corresponding to the reported        LI value may be determined as a CSI set having greater signal        power/a larger SINR. The reported LI value may mean the        strongest layer index corresponding to a specific column of a PM        corresponding to a PMI of a corresponding CSI set.

Meanwhile, when one LI value is reported in the proposal, a variable forreporting whether the LI value is reported by corresponding to which CSIset of a plurality of CSI sets may be defined. For example, a specificCSI set of two CSI sets may be reported through 1-bit information.Alternatively, a rule may be defined so that a reported LI value willcorrespond to a specific CSI set. For example, when one LI value isreported, it may be defined as corresponding to a first (or a lowest/ahighest) CSI set. Here, a terminal may arrange an order of RIs/PMIs,etc. which will be reported in each CSI set based on the LI value. Forexample, a RI/a PMI, etc. corresponding to the LI value may correspondto a first CSI set and remaining CSI may correspond to remaining CSIsets to report them to a base station.

For the reported RI/PMI, a mutual pair may be defined and a reportingmethod/the amount of reported information, etc. of a PMI may bedetermined based on a pairing RI value.

Hereinafter, a method of defining a resource group in a resource set isdescribed.

For M resource groups (RG) in a resource set, each RG may be configuredwith one or more resources.

Table 12 illustrates a NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESET information element whichdefines a resource set.

TABLE 12 ASN1START TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESET-STARTNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet : := SEQUENCE { nzp-CSI-ResourceSetIdNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId, nzp-CSI-RS-Resources  SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofNZP-CSI- RS-ResourcesPerSet) ) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,repetition   ENUMERATED { on, off } OPTIONAL, -- Need SaperiodicTriggeringOffset      INTEGER(0..6) OPTIONAL, -- Need Strs-Info    ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R ..., [[aperiodicTriggeringOffset-r16     INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL -- Need S ]] }TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESET-STOP -- ASN1STOP

As described in Table 12, a resource may be configured innzp-CSI-RS-Resources. In other words, the resource may be configured inNZP CSI-RS resources. Resources configured in the nzp-CSI-RS-Resourcesmay be classified into M RGs according to a fixed rule and/or L1/L2signaling of a base station. For example, according to theabove-described ‘method for a base station to indicate/configure aresource set which will be utilized for CSI computation for multi-TRPtransmission to a terminal’, a terminal receiving a correspondingindication/configuration may classify a resource in a resource set intoM RGs. A method in which resources configured in nzp-CSI-RS-Resourcesare classified into M RGs is as in the following example (e.g., A1/A2).

-   -   A1: A M*(n)+i-th resource in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources may be        included in a i-th RG. (i=0, . . . , M−1, n=0, 1, . . . )    -   A2: A M*(i)+n-th resource in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources may be        included in a i-th RG. (n=0, . . . , M−1, i=0, 1, . . . )

Based on current standards, the maximum number of resources innzp-CSI-RS-Resources may be configured by a specific parameter. Forexample, the maximum number of resources (e.g., 64) may be configuredaccording to a maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet parameter. The maximumnumber of resources which may be actually configured may be differentaccording to reported information or the reporting quantity (e.g., aparameter, reportQuantity) configured in a reporting setting to which aresource set is connected. For example, when the reporting quantity(e.g., a parameter, reportQuantity) is configured as one of CRI/RI/CQIreporting (cri-RI-CQI), CRI/RI/i1 (some indexes in a PMI) reporting(cri-RI-i1), CRI/RI/i1 (some indexes in a PMI)/CQI reporting(cri-RI-i1-CQI), CRI/RI/PMI/CQI reporting (cri-RI-PMI-CQI),CQI/RI/LI/PMI/CQI reporting (cri-RI-LI-PMI-CQI), up to 8 resources maybe configured per resource set. Such a limit considers single TRPtransmission, so when multi-TRP transmission is considered, the maximumnumber of resources which may be configured per resource set may bedefined/configured as a value greater than 8. For example, it may bedefined as 8*M/8*max(M). To this end, the maximum number of resourceswhich may be configured in a resource set may be defined based onspecific parameter(s) configured in a resource set (e.g., whether theoperation is performed/a value of M/a value of N, etc.) and/or specificparameter(s) configured in a reporting setting to which a resource setis connected (e.g., the reporting quantity (a value of reportQuantity)).

Hereinafter, a method of reporting combination information of resourcegroups (RG) selected for a CSI set configuration is described.

In the above-described proposal, M resource groups configured with oneor more resources in one resource set are defined. According to aproposal, N RGs of M RGs may be selected and here, a terminal shouldreport to a base station which RG combination is used tocompute/acquire/report CSI.

Meanwhile, for omitting reporting on such a selected RG, a base stationmay be indicated/configured to compute/acquire/report CSI for N CSI setsbased on N RGs or may be defined by a fixed rule. And, a terminal maynot report information on a RG to a base station.

However, although the same number of RGs as CSI sets is configured,there may be a case in which a terminal may determine that performanceof single TRP transmission considering a specific TRP is better thanthat of multi-TRP transmission considering N TRPs. For example, a casein which a CQI considering single TRP transmission is higher than a CQIconsidering multi-TRP transmission when the total number of ranks is thesame/similar may correspond to it. As such when M, the number of RGsconfigured/included in a resource set, is the same as and greater thanN, the number of CSI sets which should be reported, a terminal shouldreport to a base station which RG group is used to report CSI sets. Tothis end, a terminal may report standard information on N or less RGgroups to a base station when reporting N CSI sets. For such reporting,the following method may be applied.

-   -   A1: A terminal may report N or less specific RG(s) based on a        bitmap configured with M-bits.    -   A2: A bit field which may indicate        Combination(M,N)+Combination(M,N−1)+ . . . +Combination(M,1) RG        combinations may be defined and a terminal may report N or less        specific RG(s) based on a corresponding relation between a        corresponding bit field and a specific RG combination.

When the number of RGs reported according to the proposal is less thanN, CSIs configuring N−1 CSI sets (e.g., CRI/RI/PMI/LI/CQI, etc.) may befixed as a specific value. Alternatively, information/a size of part 1/2may be determined based on the number of RGs reported to the basestation. Part 1/2 information is defined in TS38.214 and includes thefollowing contents. Part 1 is used to identify the number of informationbits in Part 2 with a fixed payload size. Part 1 should be entirelytransmitted before Part 2.

In addition to the proposal, for reducing a feedback overhead andcomplexity of CSI computation of a terminal, it may be defined tocompute/acquire/report CSI only for a specific candidate among all RGcombination candidates which may be combined with M RGs based on L1/L2signaling and/or a fixed rule. The following Table 13 to Table 15represent such an example.

TABLE 13 Candidates Reporting RG #1 on RG #2 on RG #3 on RG #1-#2 on RG#1-#3 on RG #2-#3 on

TABLE 14 Candidates Reporting RG #1 off RG #2 off RG #3 off RG #1-#2 onRG #1-#3 on RG #2-#3 on

TABLE 15 Candidates Reporting RG #1 on RG #2 off RG #3 on RG #1-#2 offRG #1-#3 on RG #2-#3 off

In an example of the Table 13 to Table 15, M and N assume that 3 and 2are configured, respectively. Table 13 represents an example configuredto perform CSI computation/acquisition/reporting for all possible RGcombinations. On the other hand, Table 14 and Table 15 represent anexample configured not to consider a specific RG combination. Table 14represents an example configured not to perform CSIcomputation/acquisition/reporting for single TRP transmission. Table 15represents an example configured not to perform CSIcomputation/acquisition/reporting that a TRP corresponding to RG #2 isincluded. In other words, Table 15 is an example configured not tocompute/acquire/report CSI that a TRP corresponding to a specific RG isincluded. (In other words, it may be configured tocompute/acquire/report only CSI that a TRP corresponding to a specificRG is included.) A base station may configure the operation to aterminal through a specific parameter in each reporting setting. When itis configured to compute/acquire/report CSI only for a specificcandidate among all RG combination candidates based on the proposal, aconfiguration (and/or a size) of a CSI payload may be determined basedon the ‘specific candidate’. For example, for an example of the Table13, 3 bits which will indicate a specific RG combination among a totalof 6 candidates should be included in a CSI payload. But, in an exampleof Table 14 or Table 15, CSI may be computed/acquired/reported only for3 candidates among a total of 6 candidates, so only 2 bits which willindicate a specific RG combination among 3 candidates may be included ina CSI payload. And/or it may be defined to maintain a size of a CSIpayload (i.e., fixed in a specific size) and fixedly report a specificvalue for a specific payload (e.g., for zero padding).

And/or, when it is configured to compute/acquire/report CSI only for aspecific candidate among all RG combination candidates based on theproposal, the number of CPUs (CSI processing unit) used for CSIreporting may be determined based on the ‘specific candidate’. Forexample, for an example of the Table 13, the number of CPUs for CSIcomputation/acquisition/reporting for a total of 6 candidates should beconsidered. However, in an example of Table 14 or Table 15, CSI may becomputed/acquired/reported only for 3 candidates among a total of 6candidates, so it may be defined to consider only the number of CPUs for3 candidates.

Meanwhile, in addition to the proposal, it may be defined to necessarilycompute/acquire/report CSI for a specific candidate among all RGcombination candidates which may be possible with M RGs based on L1/L2signaling and/or a fixed rule. For example, a terminal may be defined tocompute/acquire/report CSI related to single TRP transmission. In anexample of the Table 13, a terminal may compute/acquire CSI based on aresource in RG #1/#2/#3 to compute/acquire/report CSI for single TRPtransmission and may report CSI computed/acquired based on a specificresource in a specific RG which is most preferred when assuming singleTRP transmission (e.g., the highest SINR/CQI/RI/throughput, etc.) to abase station. CSI for the single TRP transmission may be always reportedregardless of CSI for multi-TRP transmission and in addition, CSI formulti-TRP transmission (e.g., for NCJT/URLLC, etc.) may be reportedtogether. In other words, an example of Table 13 may mean a case inwhich CSI for a single TRP and CSI for multi-TRPs are always reportedtogether to a base station. As above, when a terminal always reports CSIfor a single TRP regardless of CSI for multi-TRPs, when a base stationmay not perform multi-TRP transmission for any reason although multi-TRPtransmission is better for a specific terminal, the base station mayknow CSI suitable for a single TRP for the specific terminal.Accordingly, it may have an advantage that scheduling suitable for thespecific terminal may be performed.

And/or, when CSI is necessarily computed/acquired/reported for aspecific candidate based on the proposal and at the same time, whetherCSI is reported for a specific candidate is variable (selective), astate which may indicate whether the reporting is performed may bedefined together in a CSI payload for reporting a specific RGcombination. For example, when it is defined/configured to necessarilycompute/acquire/report CSI related to single TRP transmission and it isdefined/configured to report CSI related to multi-TRP transmission basedon selection of a terminal, a state related to ‘non-reporting’ may bedefined in a CSI payload for reporting an RG combination related tomulti-TRP transmission. In an example of the Table 13, there are threeRG combinations {#1,#2}, {#1,#3}, {#2,#3}, related to multi-TRPtransmission, and as a state for ‘non-reporting’ is added to it, a CSIpayload may be configured with 2 bits for a total of 4 states.

And/or, a state related to reporting/partial reporting (e.g., for CSIomission)/non-reporting may be defined by adding or substituting a statefor the ‘non-reporting’.

A relation between a resource group in a resource set and a CSI-IM/NZPCSI-RS configured in a resource setting for IM is described.

FIG. 22 is a diagram which illustrates a mapping relation with aresource for channel measurement and a resource for interferencemeasurement in a wireless communication system to which the presentdisclosure may be applied.

In reference to FIG. 22(a), as defined in TS 38.214, a NZP CSI-RSresource of a resource setting for CM connected to a reporting settingand a CSI-IM resource for IM are mapped each other in a resource-wiseunit in CSI computation. For example, a first NZP CSI-RS resource may beapplied together with a first CSI-IM resource in CSI computation and asecond NZP CSI-RS resource may be applied together with a second CSI-IMresource in CSI computation.

In reference to FIG. 22(b), when a NZP CSI-RS resource for IM isconfigured in a reporting setting, only one of a NZP CSI-RS resource ofa resource setting for CM and a CSI-IM resource for IM may beconfigured. And, in CSI computation, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a CSI-IMresource and NZP CSI-RS resource for IM may be applied together.

Meanwhile, when a plurality of resource groups in a resource set areconfigured according to the proposals, the mapping method defined incurrent standards may be used as it is for CSI computation. However, inthis case, there is a problem that an unnecessary resource may bedefined for defining a CSI-IM resource for IM to increase a RS overheadand a NZP CSI-RS resource for IM may not be defined. To supplement it,when a plurality of resource groups are configured in a resource set,for CSI computation, a relation between a resource group in a resourceset and a CSI-IM/NZP CSI-RS configured in a resource setting for IM maybe defined as follows.

FIGS. 23 to 25 are a diagram which illustrates a mapping relation with aresource for channel measurement and a resource for interferencemeasurement according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

-   -   A CSI-IM resource configured in a resource setting for IM may be        mapped to a resource in each resource group in a resource-wise        unit.

In reference to FIG. 23 , for example, a first NZP CSI-RS resource in afirst resource group (RG) may be applied together with a first CSI-IMresource when computing CSI and a second NZP CSI-RS resource in a secondRG may be also applied together with a second CSI-IM resource whencomputing CSI. Likewise, a second NZP CSI-RS resource in a firstresource group (RG) may be applied together with a second CSI-IMresource when computing CSI and a second NZP CSI-RS resource in a secondRG may be also applied together with a second CSI-IM resource whencomputing CSI.

Alternatively, in reference to FIG. 24 , a CSI-IM resource may be mappedto a specific resource in a specific resource group (RG) (e.g., RG #2 inFIG. 24 ) in a resource-wise unit. A resource (e.g., resource #1 of RG#1 in FIG. 24 ) mapped to the CSI-IM resource among resources includedin a resource group (e.g., RG #1 in FIG. 24 ) except for the specificresource group may be mapped to a resource (e.g., resource #1 of CSI-IMresources in FIG. 24 ) assumed for IM between RGs when performing CSIcomputation for the specific resource.

-   -   When a NZP CSI-RS resource is configured in a resource setting        for IM, only one resource in a resource group may be configured        and when performing CSI computation, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a        CSI-IM resource and NZP CSI-RS resources for IM in each resource        group may be applied together. For example, in reference to FIG.        25 , when performing CSI computation, resource #1, CSI-IM        resource #1 and NZP CSI-RS resource #1 for IM in resource group        #1 may be applied together.

Hereinafter, a method of configuring a different QCL-typeD referenceresource is described.

The above-described proposal may assume that for resources included in adifferent resource group (RG), QCL-typeD is not configured or the sameQCL-typeD is configured in a resource-wise unit. As described in ‘therelation between a resource group in a resource set and a CSI-IM/NZPCSI-RS configured in a resource setting for IM’, it may be equallyapplied to a NZP CSI-RS resource and a CSI-IM resource for IM mapped toresources in each RG.

Meanwhile, a case in which a different QCL-TypeD RS is configured may besupported by considering a frequency band higher than FR 1. For example,when a terminal may be equipped with a plurality of panels andsimultaneously receive a signal by using a plurality of reception beams,a terminal may receive PDSCH(s) that a plurality of QCL-TypeD RSs areconfigured. In this case, a different QCL-typeD RS needs to beconfigured for resources included in a different RG to acquire/reportCSI considering multi-TRP transmission. To this end, a terminal mayreport relative UE capability to a base station. The UE capability maybe a capability which means a terminal may simultaneously receive asignal through a plurality of spatial domain receive filters based on adifferent QCL-TypeD RS. A base station may configure a differentQCL-TypeD RS for resources corresponding to a different RG for CSIcomputation which considers multi-TRP transmission for a correspondingterminal based on the UE capability. When a different QCL-TypeD RS isconfigured for resources corresponding to a different RG, a terminal mayreceive the resource through a plurality of spatial domain receivefilters based on a different QCL-TypeD RS (i.e., through a plurality ofpanels). It may be equally applied to a NZP CSI-RS resource and a CSI-IMresource for IM mapped to resources in each RG described in the‘relation between a resource group in a resource set and a CSI-IM/NZPCSI-RS configured in a resource setting for IM’. In addition, resourcescorresponding to the different RG are configured with a differentQCL-TypeD RS, but may be defined to be transmitted in the same OFDMsymbol. In addition, resources corresponding to the different RG mayhave a one-to-one corresponding relation between different RGs.

FIG. 26 illustrates an operation which receives CSI-RSs that differentmultiple QCL type D reference resources are configured according to anembodiment of the present disclosure.

An operation which receives the CSI-RS through a plurality of spatialdomain receive filters based on a different QCL-TypeD RS (i.e., througha plurality of panels) may be represented as in the following Equation9.

$\begin{matrix}{y_{2 \times 1} = {{\begin{bmatrix}{h_{1,1,1} + h_{1,2,1}} & {h_{2,1,1} + h_{2,2,1}} \\{h_{1,1,2} + h_{1,2,2}} & {h_{2,1,2} + h_{2,2,2}}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}x_{1} \\x_{2}\end{bmatrix}} + n_{2 \times 1}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}9} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

In Equation 9, y_(2×1) may mean a vector of a reception signal andn_(2×1) may mean a vector of a noise. x₁ may mean a transmission signalof a CSI-RS port of TRP1 and x₂ may mean a transmission signal of aCSI-RS port of TRP2. h_(i,p,j) may mean a channel coefficient between aCSI-RS port of a i-th TRP and a j-th reception port of a p-th panel of aterminal. As in the above-described example, a reception beam of panel 1and panel 2 may be different. It may be an interpretation that adifferent QCL-TypeD RS is configured for different CSI-RS resources (forCM) considered in CSI computation considering multi-TRP transmission. Inother words, it is assumed that a QCL-TypeD RS of resource #a includedin RG #1 corresponding to TRP1 is configured as A and a QCL-TypeD RS ofresource #b included in RG #2 corresponding to TRP2 is configured as B.And, a situation that two resources respectively correspond to adifferent CSI set is assumed. In this case, a terminal maysimultaneously receive a CSI-RS in a specific resource through adifferent reception beam. And, a terminal may estimateh_(1,1,1)+h_(1,2,1) and h_(1,1,2)+h_(1,2,2) with a reception signal ofeach reception port of a terminal through a CSI-RS transmitted byresource #a and estimate h_(2,1,1+)h_(2,2,1) and h_(2,1,2+)h_(2,2,2)with a reception signal of each reception port of a terminal through aCSI-RS transmitted by resource #b.

The Equation 9 assumes a case in which a terminal does not classify areception antenna port of a different panel. Meanwhile, a terminal mayalso receive a signal by classifying a reception antenna port of adifferent panel. The following Equation 10 represents an example for acase in which a terminal receives a signal by classifying a receptionantenna port of a different panel.

$\begin{matrix}{y_{4 \times 1} = {{\begin{bmatrix}h_{1,1,1} & h_{2,1,1} \\h_{1,2,1} & h_{2,2,1} \\h_{1,1,2} & h_{2,1,2} \\h_{1,2,2} & h_{2,2,2}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}x_{1} \\x_{2}\end{bmatrix}} + n_{4 \times 1}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}10} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

As in the above-described example, it is assumed that a QCL-TypeD RS ofresource #a included in RG #1 corresponding to TRP1 is configured as Aand a QCL-TypeD RS of resource #b included in RG #2 corresponding toTRP2 is configured as B. And, a situation that two resourcesrespectively correspond to a different CSI set is assumed. In this case,a terminal may simultaneously receive a CSI-RS in a specific resourcethrough a different reception beam. And, a terminal may estimateh_(1,1,1), h_(1,2,1), h_(1,1,2) and h_(1,2,2) with a reception signal ofeach reception port of a terminal through a CSI-RS transmitted byresource #a and estimate h_(2,1,1), h_(2,2,1), h_(2,1,2), h_(2,2,2) witha reception signal of each reception port of a terminal through a CSI-RStransmitted by resource #b.

To apply the method, a plurality of different QCL-TypeD RSs may beconfigured for a CSI-RS resource (based on the UE capability). When adifferent QCL-TypeD RS is configured for a CSI-RS resource, a terminalmay receive the resource through a plurality of reception filters (i.e.,spatial domain receive filters) based on a different QCL-TypeD RS. Here,for CSI computation which considers multi-TRP transmission for acorresponding terminal, a plurality of QCL-TypeD RSs configured forresources corresponding to a different RG may be defined to be the same.For example, when a QCL-TypeD RS of resource #a included in RG #1corresponding to TRP1 is configured as A and B, a QCL-TypeD RS ofresource #b included in RG #2 corresponding to TRP2 may be configured asA and B. Such a method may be equally applied to a NZP CSI-RS resourceand a CSI-IM resource for IM mapped to resources in each RG described in‘the relation between a resource group in a resource set and aCSI-IM/NZP CSI-RS configured in a resource setting for IM’.

Hereinafter, a CSI processing unit considering CSI for multi-TRPtransmission is described.

In TS38.214, a CSI processing unit (CPU) meaning the number of CSI whichmay be simultaneously computed by a terminal is defined and the numberof occupying CPUs is differently defined according to the reportingquantity configured in a reporting setting (e.g., a parameter,reportQuantity). The following Table 13 represents part of a descriptionon a CPU defined in standards.

TABLE 16 UE indicates the number of N_(CPU) for supported simultaneousCSI computation. When UE supports N_(CPU) simultaneous CSI computation,it means possession of N_(CPU) CSI processing units for processing CSIreporting across all configured cells. When L CPUs are occupied forcomputation of CSI reporting in a given OFDM symbol, UE has N_(CPU)-Lunoccupied CPUs. When N CSI reporting starts to occupy each CPU in thesame OFDM symbol that N_(CPU)-L CPUs are not occupied (here, each CSIreporting n = 0, . . . , N − 1 corresponds to O^((n)) _(CPU)), UE is notrequired to update N-M required CSI reporting with the lowest priority.Here, M is the maximum value satisfying that 0 < M < N is Σ_(n=0) ^(M−1)O^((n)) _(CPU) ≤ N_(CPU)-L. UE does not expect that an aperiodic CSItrigger state including N_(CPU) reporting setting or more is configured.Processing of CSI reporting occupies the number of CPUs for the numberof symbols as follows: O_(CPU) = 0 for CSI reporting havingCSI-ReportConfig which has reportQuantity, a higher layer parameter setas ‘none’, and CSI-RS-ResourceSet that a higher layer parameter,trs-Info, is configured O_(CPU) = 1 for CSI reporting havingCSI-ReportConfig which has reportQuantity, a higher layer parameter setas ‘cri-RSRP’, ‘ssb-Index-RSRP’, ‘cri-SINR’, ‘ssb-Index-SINR’ or ‘none’(and CSI-RS-ResourceSet that a higher layer parameter, trs-Info, is notconfigured) -For CSI reporting having reportQuantity, a higher layerparameter set as ‘cri-RI-PMI-CQI’, ‘cri-RI-i1’, ‘cri-RI-i1- CQI’,‘cri-RI-CQI’, or ‘cri-RI-LI-PMI-CQI’ If CSI reporting is aperiodicallytriggered without PUSCH transmission having a transport block orHARQ-ACK or both, when L = 0 CPU is occupied, here, CSI corresponds tosingle CSI with wideband frequency-granularity and up to 4 CSI-RS portsin a single resource without CSI reporting, and here, codebookType isset as ‘typeI-SinglePanel’ or reportQuantity is set as ‘cri- RI-CQI’ ,whereby O_(CPU) is N_(CPU), Otherwise, O_(CPU) is K_(s) and here, K_(s)is the number of CSI-RS resources in a CSI-RS resource set for channelmeasurement.

In addition to a definition of Table 16, when CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission is introduced, complexity of a terminal may increasecompared with the existing operation and accordingly, a new CPUdefinition for reflecting it may be introduced.

Table 17 illustrates a method of defining the number of CPUs necessaryfor CSI computation for multi-TRP transmission based on the number ofCPUs defined according to a higher layer parameter reportQuantity incurrent standards. In other words, it may correspond to O_(CPU) in thedescription of standards.

In the following Table 17, a variety of options are proposed by acombination of A1-1, A1-2, A2-1, A2-2, A3-1, A3-2, B1, B2, but alloptions are not necessarily used. Only an option according to acombination of any one of them may be used or options according to twoor more combinations may be selectively used by a specific condition,etc.

For convenience of a description, ‘the CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may be referred to as MTRP CSI. And, ‘CSI consideringmulti-TRP transmission’ may be configured to a terminal throughreportQuantity of CSI-ReportConfig. ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may be defined as a value including (joint)cri/RI/PMI/CQI/LI/RSRP/SINR, etc. And/or ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may mean/include a case in which beam/RS pair informationis configured. And/or ‘CSI considering multi-TRP transmission’ maymean/include a case in which a plurality of resource groups areconfigured in a resource set. And/or ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may mean/include a case in which a plurality of CSI setsare configured to be reported. CSI opposite to the MTRP CSI may bereferred to as STRP CSI (i.e., single TRP CSI), which may mean CSIdefined previously.

TABLE 17 B1 B2 A1-1. 1) K_(S) + C(M, 2) × (K_(s)′)² 1) C(M, 2) ×(K_(s)′)² and/or and/or 2) C(M, 2) × 2 × (K_(s)′)² 2) K_(S) + C(M, 2) ×2 × (K_(s)′)² A1-2. K_(S) + C (M, 2) × K_(s)′ and/or 1) C(M, 2) × K_(s)′and/or 2) K_(S) + C(M, 2) × 2 × K_(s)′ 2) C(M, 2) × 2 × K_(s)′ A2-1. 1)K_(S) + C(M, 2) and/or 1) K_(S) + C(M, 2) and/or 2) K_(S) + C(M, 2) × 22) K_(S) + C(M, 2) × 2 A2-2. 1) K_(S) + C(M, 2) and/or 1) K_(S) + C(M,2) and/or 2) K_(S) + C(M, 2) × 2 2) K_(S) + C(M, 2) × 2 A3-1. 1) K_(S) +1 and/or 1) K_(S) + 1 and/or 2) K_(S) + 2 2) K_(S) + 2 A3-2. 1) K_(S) +1 and/or 1) K_(S) + 1 and/or 2) K_(S) + 2 2) K_(S) + 2

In Table 17, K_(s) means the number of all resources included in oneresource set. C(M,2) represents the number of combinations that 2 RGsare selected for all resource groups (e.g., M resource groups). Here, 2is just an example, and it is not limited thereto, and may begeneralized to N. K_(s)′ represents the number of resources included inone RG. In Table 14, for convenience, it is assumed that the number ofresources in a RG is the same as K_(s)′ for all RGs, but a case in whichthe number is differently defined may be also considered. Hereinafter,each case is described by referring to Table 17.

A1-1: When all possible CRI combinations for a different RG are computedand here, an operation is performed by independently changing a RI/aPMI, etc. in a resource of each RG (and/or when each CRI combination ineach RG combination is computed and an operation is performed byindependently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in each resource)

A1-2: When a specific CRI combination for a different RG (e.g., acombination with a one-to-one corresponding relation, first-first,second-second, . . . ) is computed and here, an operation is performedby independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in a resource of each RG(and/or when each CRI combination in each RG combination (a CRIcombination is limited based on a specific rule) is computed and anoperation is performed by independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. ineach resource)

A2-1: When all possible CRI combinations for a different RG arecomputed, but after selecting a specific CRI combination for a differentRG combination (CSI assuming a single TRP may be used for selection), anoperation is performed by independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in aselected resource of each RG for a different RG combination (and/or whenan operation is performed by independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. ineach resource for a selected CRI combination (e.g., by single TRPCSI(s)) in each RG combination)

A2-2: When a specific CRI combination for a different RG (e.g., acombination with a one-to-one corresponding relation, first-first,second-second, . . . ) is computed, but after selecting a specific CRIcombination for a different RG combination (e.g., CSI assuming a singleTRP may be used for selection), an operation is performed byindependently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in a selected resource of eachRG for a different RG combination (and/or when an operation is performedby independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in each resource for aselected CRI combination in each RG combination (a CRI combination islimited based on a specific rule)(e.g., by single TRP CSI(s))

A3-1: When all possible CRI combinations for a different RG arecomputed, but after selecting a specific CRI combination for all RGs(CSI assuming a single TRP may be used for selection), an operation isperformed by independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in a resource ofeach RG (and/or when an operation is performed by independently changinga RI/a PMI, etc. in each resource in each RG for a specific RGcombination selected based on a selected CRI combination)

A3-2: When a specific CRI combination for a different RG (e.g., acombination with a one-to-one corresponding relation, first-first,second-second, . . . ) is computed, but after selecting a specific CRIcombination for all RGs (e.g., CSI assuming a single TRP may be used forselection), an operation is performed by independently changing a RI/aPMI, etc. in a resource of each RG (and/or when an operation isperformed by independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in each resource ineach RG for a specific RG combination selected based on a selected CRIcombination (a CRI combination is limited based on a specific rule)(e.g., by single TRP CSI(s))

B1: When a hypothesis on single TRP transmission is considered

B2: When a hypothesis on single TRP transmission is not considered

In the proposal, for convenience of a description, each case (e.g.,A1-1/A1-2/A2-1/A2-2/A3-1/A3-2/B1/B2) is classified, but the number ofspecific CPUs may be applied without a restriction on the case.

In addition to the proposal, and/or in addition to the existing CPUdefinition, and/or the following proposal may be consideredindependently/together.

When CSI of a M-TRP is simultaneously computed, CPU occupancy is assumedas a M-CPU. The ‘M-CPU’ may mean a method of the above-proposedA1-1/A1-2/A2-1/A2-2/A3-1/A3-2/B1/B2.

-   -   When a sum of ranks is equal to or greater than a specific value        (e.g., 4), CPU occupancy is assumed as 2. It may mean that it is        defined as a double value compared with a method of the        above-proposed A1-1/A1-2/A2-1/A2-2/A3-1/A3-2/B1/B2 and/or is        defined as a double value compared with the existing CPU        definition. (It may be equally applied in the following        proposal.)    -   When a size of a bandwidth (BW) or a size of a sub-band (SB)        configured as a CSI report is equal to or greater than a        specific number, CPU occupancy is assumed as 2. It may mean that        it is defined as a double value compared with a method of the        above-proposed A1-1/A1-2/A2-1/A2-2/A3-1/A3-2/B1/B2 and/or is        defined as a double value compared with the existing CPU        definition.    -   In a BM report, CPU occupancy is assumed as the number of TRPs.        The ‘BM report’ may mean a case in which reportQuantity of        CSI-ReportConfig is configured as a value including        cri-RSRP/ssb-Index-RSRP/cri-SINR/ssb-Index-SINR, etc. ‘The        number of TRPs’ may correspond to the number of resource groups        in a resource set. Alternatively, each TRP may be classified        according to information on a CORESET group (or a CORESET pool)        (e.g., an index, an identifier (ID)) and the ‘number of TRPs’        may correspond to the number of CORESET groups (pools)/the        number of CORESET group IDs/the number of CORESET pool indexes.

When the number of CRI candidate values is greater than the number ofresources for CM in N CPU computation, a terminal may recognize it as aCSI report for a mTRP (i.e., multiple TRP) CSI feedback.

Hereinafter, a priority rule for CSI reporting is described.

TS38.214 defines a priority rule for CSI reporting to determine whichCSI will be fed back when a channel/a resource for a CSI feedback isoverlapped/collides. The following Table 18 illustrates part of adescription on a priority rule defined in standards.

TABLE 18 CSI reporting is associated with a priority value, Pri_(iCSI)(y, k, c, s) = 2 · N_(cells) · M_(s) · y + N_(cells) · M_(s) · k + M_(s)· c + s. Here, y = 0 for aperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH,y = 1 for semi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH, y = 2for semi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH and y = 3 forperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH; K = 0 for CSI reportingwhich carries L1-RSRP or L1-SINR and k = 1 for CSI reporting which doesnot carry L1-RSRP or L1- SINR; c is a serving cell index and N_(cells)is a value of a higher layer parameter, maxNrofServingCells; s isreportConfigID and M_(s) is a value of a higher layer parameter,maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations. When a value of Pri_(iCSI) (y, k, c, s)for first CSI reporting is lower than a value for second CSI reporting,first CSI reporting is preferred over second CSI reporting. When timeoccupancy of a physical channel scheduled to carry CSI reporting isoverlapped in at least one OFDM symbol and is transmitted in the samecarrier, it means that 2 CSI reporting collide. When UE is configured totransmit 2 colliding CSI reporting, The following rule is appliedexcepting a case in which a y value of any one is 2 and another y valueis 3 if y values are different between 2 CSI reporting: CSI reportingwith a higher value of Pri_(iCSI) (y, k, c, s) is not transmitted by UE.Otherwise, 2 CSI reporting are multiplexed or any one of them is droppedbased on the priority values.

In addition to the definition, when CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission is introduced, a lot of information may be includedcompared with CSI defined previously, so a new priority rule may bedefined by reflecting it.

The following represents a proposal for a priority rule which may benewly defined and an example which applies a proposal based on apriority rule defined in current standards.

The ‘CSI considering multi-TRP transmission’ may be referred to as MTRPCSI and may be configured to a terminal through reportQuantity ofCSI-ReportConfig. In addition, the ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may be defined as a value including (joint)cri/RI/PMI/CQI/LI/RSRP/SINR, etc. And/or the ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may mean/include a case in which beam/RS pair informationis configured. And/or the ‘CSI considering multi-TRP transmission’ maymean/include a case in which a plurality of resource groups areconfigured in a resource set. And/or the ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may mean/include a case in which a plurality of CSI setsare configured to be reported. CSI opposite to the MTRP CSI may bereferred to as STRP CSI (i.e., single TRP CSI), which may mean CSIdefined previously.

A1. MTRP CSI may be defined as a higher priority than STRP CSI. Thehigher priority may mean that when a channel/a resource for a CSIfeedback is overlapped/collides, it may be preferentially transmitted.In addition, CSI for BM (beam management) (e.g., for L1-RSRP/L1-SINR)may be defined as the highest priority regardless of MTRP CSI/STRP CSI.In other words, for example, a priority may be defined in an order ofCSI for BM (for MTRP/STRP CSI)>MTRP CSI (for non-BM)>STRP CSI (fornon-BM). A reason why CSI for BM is defined as the highest priority isthat communication may be impossible due to signal quality degradationwhen BM fails between a base station and a terminal. Accordingly, BM maybe smoothly performed by defining CSI for BM as the highest priority.Meanwhile, a reason why MTRP CSI should be defined as a higher prioritythan STRP CSI is as follows. A base station should transmit a CSI-RScorresponding to a different TRP to a terminal to compute MTRP CSI. Inaddition, a terminal should compute (joint) CSI by using correspondingRSs, so more complexity/batteries may be required compared with STRPCSI. Accordingly, as CSI is generated based on a lot of resources andcomplexity of a terminal, it may be desirable to transmit itpreferentially. In addition, because it may be considered that channelinformation corresponding to a different TRP is already included injoint CSI itself, an effect of reporting STRP CSI corresponding to eachTRP may be obtained by reporting MTRP CSI to a base station.

The following Table 19 represents an example in which the proposal isapplied to current standards. Specifically, Pri_(iCSI)(y,k,c,s) may berepresented as follows and for k=1 (e.g., MTRP CSI (for non-BM)) and fork=2 (e.g., STRP CSI (for non-BM)), i.e., based on a priority of MTRPCSI/STRP CSI, a value of k may be configured. For example, a priority ofeach CSI may be in inverse proportion to a value of k. In other words,as a priority is higher, a value of k related to (for) CSI may besmaller.

TABLE 19 CSI reporting is associated with a priority value, Pri_(iCSI)(y, k, c, s) = 3 · N_(cells) · M_(s) · y + N_(cells) · M_(s) · k + M_(s)· c + s. Here, y = 0 for aperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH,y = 1 for semi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH, y = 2for semi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH and y = 3 forperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH; k = 0 for CSI reportingwhich carries L1-RSRP or L1-SINR, k = 1 for CSI reporting which does notcarry L1-RSRP or L1-SINR, k = 2 for STRP CSI reporting which does notcarry L1-RSRP or L1- SINR; c is a serving cell index and N_(cells) is avalue of a higher layer parameter, maxNrofServingCells; s isreportConfigID and M_(s) is a value of a higher layer parameter,maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations.

A2. For MTRP CSI and STRP CSI, CSI for BM may be defined, respectively.And, CSI for BM may be defined as a higher priority compared with CSIfor non-BM and MTRP CSI may be defined as a higher priority comparedwith STRP CSI. In this case, a priority may be defined in an order ofMTRP CSI for BM>STRP CSI for BM>MTRP CSI for non-BM>STRP CSI for non-BM.A reason and an effect are the same as described in the A1. As CSI forBM is classified into MTRP CSI and STRP CSI, it may have an advantage togive a higher priority to MTRP CSI. The following Table 17 represents anexample in which the proposal is applied to current standards.Specifically, Pri_(iCSI)(y,k,c,s) may be represented as follows, and fork=0 (e.g., MTRP CSI for BM), for k=1 (e.g., STRP CSI for BM), for k=2(e.g., MTRP CSI for non-BM), for k=3 (e.g., STRP CSI for non-BM), it maybe described as follows. In other words, a value of k may be configuredbased on a priority determined based on whether of MTRP/STRP andcontents of CSI (e.g., whether of CSI for BM or other CSI). For example,a priority of each CSI may be in inverse proportion to a value of k. Inother words, as a priority is higher, a value of k related to (for) CSImay be smaller.

Table 20 represents an example in which a proposal of the presentdisclosure is applied based on a priority rule defined in currentstandards.

TABLE 20 CSI reporting is associated with a priority value, Pri_(iCSI)(y, k, c, s) = 4 · N_(cells) · M_(s) · y + N_(cells) · M_(s) · k + M_(s)· c + s. Here, y = 0 for aperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH,y = 1 for semi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH, y = 2for semi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH and y = 3 forperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH; k = 0 for MTRP CSIreporting which carries L1-RSRP or L1- SINR, k = 1 for STRP CSIreporting which carries L1-RSRP or L1- SINR, k = 2 for MTRP CSIreporting which does not carry L1-RSRP or L1-SINR, k = 3 for STRP CSIreporting which does not carry L1-RSRP or L1-SINR; c is a serving cellindex and N_(cells) is a value of a higher layer parameter,maxNrofServingCells . s is reportConfigID and M_(s) is a value of ahigher layer parameter, maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations.

Meanwhile, an example of the Table 19 or Table 20 corresponds to oneexample for applying a proposal and it is not limited to the onlyexample for applying a proposal. Accordingly, other examples which maybe applied to standards based on a proposal may be possible.

For example, a priority may be determined based on whether of MTRP CSIor STRP CSI/contents of CSI (e.g., cri/RI/PMI/CQI/LI/RSRP/SINR)/thenumber of MTRPs associated with CSI, etc.

Meanwhile, it is assumed that for the proposed priority rule, MTRP CSIhas a higher priority than STRP CSI, but STRP CSI may be also defined tohave a higher priority than MTRP CSI. As STRP CSI may have a moreaccurate value than MTRP CSI in terms of a single TRP, there may be anenvironment where STRP CSI is preferred. Accordingly, for such a case,STRP CSI may be defined to have a higher priority than MTRP CSI. In thiscase, for example, an example on a priority of the above-described A1may be defined in an order of CSI for BM (for MTRP/STRP CSI)>STRP CSI(for non-BM)>MTRP CSI (for non-BM). For example, an example on apriority of the above-described A2 may be defined in an order of STRPCSI for BM>MTRP CSI for BM>STRP CSI for non-BM>MTRP CSI for non-BM.

For example, the above-described priority rule may be pre-definedbetween a base station (or a TRP) and a terminal, or a base station (ora TRP) may indicate a configuration related to the above-describedpriority rule to a terminal.

A CSI set is defined by describing the proposal, and for convenience ofa description, a CSI set is explicitly classified, but each CSI set maynot be explicitly classified when reporting CSI. An operation, etc. thatreporting values which may configure a different CSI set (or reportingvalues which have a mutual mapping relation and are defined as a pair(e.g., RI1-PMI1- . . . , RI2-PMI2- . . . , etc.)) are reported togetherby corresponding to one reporting setting may be defined.

Proposal 2: A Method of Configuring a Resource Set Corresponding to aDifferent TRP to a Terminal in a Single Resource Setting

Proposal 1-1: A base station may configure a resource set correspondingto a different TRP to a terminal in a single resource setting. Here, theresource setting may be a resource setting for channel measurement in areporting setting.

A base station may perform an indication/a configuration that such aresource setting is a resource setting which will be used for CSIcomputation for multi-TRP transmission through L1/L2 signaling to aterminal or may be defined by a fixed rule. In addition, a base stationmay indicate/configure how many CSI sets (e.g., N, N is a naturalnumber) should be reported through a corresponding resource setting to aterminal through L1/L2 signaling, or may be defined by a fixed rule. Inaddition, the number of TRPs to which resource sets correspond (e.g.,M>=N, M is a natural number) may be defined based on the number ofresource sets configured in a corresponding resource setting. When anindication/a configuration is performed as above, N resource sets of Mresource groups may be selected by a terminal forcomputation/acquisition/reporting of N CSI sets. And, N resource setsand N CSI sets may have a one-to-one corresponding relation and to thisend, each CSI set may correspond to a resource set to which a resourceutilized for CM belongs.

A terminal may report information on selected resource sets (i.e., CSI)to a base station. Here, for N selected resource sets, resources in aspecific resource set (e.g., a i-th resource set) may be utilized for CMwhen computing/acquiring/reporting a specific CSI set (e.g., a j-th CSIset) corresponding to the specific resource set (e.g., a i-th resourceset). And, resources in (N−1) resource sets excluding a specificresource set applied to CM (e.g., a i-th resource set) may be utilizedfor IM of the specific CSI set (e.g., a j-th CSI set).

In the above-described proposal, when a resource set corresponding to adifferent TRP in a resource setting is configured to a terminal, it maymean that resources included in a different resource set in the sameresource setting have a relation of CM/IM each other when performing CSIcomputation.

In the following contents, when it is described based on a plurality ofresource sets in a resource setting for convenience of a description, itmay be interpreted as a plurality of resource sets in one trigger statewhen a time behavior of a resource setting is aperiodically configured.

Hereinafter, CSI computation for multi-TRP transmission is described.

In proposal 2, ‘CSI computation for multi-TRP transmission’ may have thesame meaning as contents of the above-described proposal 1.

Examples of a method for a base station to indicate/configure a resourcesetting which will be utilized for CSI computation for multi-TRPtransmission to a terminal are as follows. The following method maycorrespond to an example of L1/L2 signaling for performing a proposedoperation. But, it is clear that a proposal according to the presentdisclosure is not limited to the following method.

-   -   A1: For each resource setting or a resource setting configured        in a specific reporting setting, the operation may be configured        through a specific parameter. For example, a parameter in a form        such as a flag which represents whether the operation is        performed may be defined in a resource setting. Alternatively,        when a time behavior for a resource setting is        periodically/semi-persistently configured and a plurality of        resource sets are configured, a terminal may perform the        proposed operation based on a plurality of resource sets        configured in a corresponding resource setting. In current        standards, when a time behavior for a resource setting is        periodically/semi-persistently configured, it is defined to        configure only one resource set. Accordingly, when a plurality        of resource sets are configured although a time behavior is        periodically/semi-persistently configured, it may be utilized        under a condition that CSI computation/acquisition/reporting        considering multi-TRP transmission is performed. And/or, when a        time behavior for a resource setting is aperiodically configured        and a plurality of resource sets are configured in one trigger        state (e.g.,        CSI-AperiodicTriggerState/CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo), a        terminal may perform the proposed operation based on a plurality        of resource sets configured in a corresponding trigger state. In        current standards, when a time behavior for a resource setting        is aperiodically configured, a plurality of resource sets may be        configured in a resource setting, but it is defined to connect        only one resource set when triggering a specific reporting        setting. Accordingly, when a plurality of resource sets are        configured in one trigger state although a time behavior is        aperiodically configured, it may be utilized under a condition        that CSI computation/acquisition/reporting considering multi-TRP        transmission is performed.    -   A2: The operation may be configured through a specific parameter        in a reporting setting. A parameter configuring a CSI entry        (e.g., reportQuantity) may correspond to an example of the        parameter. Here, when a CSI entry for multi-TRP transmission is        included in the parameter (e.g., an index for a resource set        combination/a hypothesis indicator, etc.), the proposed        operation (i.e., CSI computation for multi-TRP transmission) may        be performed. When it is configured to perform the proposed        operation, a value of M may be indicated/configured to a        terminal based on L1/L2 signaling or may be defined by a fixed        rule. For example, a value of M may be configured together in a        corresponding reporting setting or a value of M may be        configured in a resource setting connected to a corresponding        reporting settings. Alternatively, it may be determined based on        the number of resource sets configured in the resource setting        (periodically/semi-persistently) and/or the number of resource        sets configured in a trigger state (aperiodically).

Hereinafter, a definition of a CSI set is described.

A CSI set may be defined as a value (or a set/information) including oneor more CSI entries of CRI/RI/PMI/LI/CQI/L1-SINR/L1-RSRP.

FIG. 27 illustrates a resource set and a CSI set according to anembodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 27 represents an example of a relation on N (e.g., 2) CSI sets andM (e.g., 3) resource sets configured in a resource setting.

FIG. 27 represents an example in which N and M are configured as 2 and3, respectively. In addition, it represents an example in which aresource set for CM in CSI #1, a first CSI set, is included in set #1and a resource set for CM in CSI #2, a second CSI set, is included inset #2. A terminal may use two resources included in a differentresource set combination to compute CSI of two CSI sets.

For example, a terminal may assume multi-TRP transmission based on TRP#1/#2. In addition, a terminal may assume one resource of resources inresource set (RSS) 1 as a resource for CM for CSI computation of a firstCSI set. In addition, a terminal may assume one resource of resources inRSS #2 as a resource for CM for CSI computation of a second CSI set.Here, a resource for CM in each CSI set may be utilized as a resourcefor IM in other CSI set.

For the operation, CSI computation may be performed for a total of 27resource combinations including M (e.g., 3), N (e.g., 2) TRPcombinations (3 TRP combinations in an example of FIG. 27 ) and K₁(e.g., 3)×K₂ (e.g., 3) resource combinations (9 resource combinations inan example of FIG. 27 ) to find a TRP combination and a resourcecombinations which are more suitable in multi-TRP transmission. Here, K₁and K₂ may mean the total number of resources of a RSS that a resourcefor CM in a first CSI set is included and the total number of resourcesof a RSS that a resource for CM in a second CSI set is included,respectively.

Meanwhile, when a terminal should consider all TRP combinations and allresource combinations as in the example, a disadvantage that complexityof a terminal for CSI computation gets too high may be generated. Tosupplement such a disadvantage, a base station may perform anindication/a configuration to a terminal through L1/L2 signaling and/ora specific rule may be fixedly applied between a base station and aterminal so that a terminal can consider only specific TRP(s) and/orspecific TRP combination(s) and/or specific resource combination(s) inCSI computation.

The following FIG. 28 represents an example in which a specific rule isapplied between a base station and a terminal so that only a specificresource combination will be considered in CSI computation.

FIG. 28 illustrates a CSI set and a resource group in a resource setaccording to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 28 illustrates a case in which resources in a different RSS maycorrespond only one to one in ascending order (or descending order). InFIG. 28 , a terminal may assume multi-TRP transmission based on TRP#1/#2. In addition, a terminal may assume one resource of resources inRSS #1 as a resource for CM for CSI computation of a first CSI set. Inaddition, a terminal may assume a resource in the same order (or index)as a resource in RSS 1 of resources in RSS #2 as a resource for CM forCSI computation of a second CSI set. Here, a resource for CM in each CSIset may be utilized as a resource for IM in other CSI set.

For an operation such as the example, CSI computation may be performedonly for a total of 9 resource combinations including 3 TRP combinationsand 3 resource combinations, so the computation amount of a terminal maybe significantly reduced.

Hereinafter, another definition of a CSI set is described.

The example of FIGS. 27 and 28 illustrates a case in which the same CSIentry (e.g., CRI/RI/PMI/LI/CQI, etc.) is included in each CSI set. Onthe other hand, a CSI entry included in each CSI set may be differentlydefined. And/or, a common CSI entry may be separately defined for adifferent CSI set.

FIGS. 29 and 30 illustrate a CSI set and a resource group in a resourceset according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

FIG. 29 represents an example in which a CSI entry included in each CSIset is differently defined and FIG. 30 represents an example in which acommon CSI entry is defined for a different CSI set. In an example ofFIG. 29 , CRI/RI/CQI included in CSI #1 may be interpreted as a valuewhich is commonly applied to CSI #1/CSI #2. Alternatively, a CSI setwhich is commonly applied in an example of FIG. 30 may be separatelydefined. For a CSI entry which may be included in a CSI set, thefollowing contents may be applied together. The following methodillustrates L1/L2 signaling for performing a proposal that a CSI entryincluded in each CSI set is differently defined and/or a common CSIentry is defined, but it is not limited to the following method.

-   -   CRI: For a different CSI set, a different CRI may be reported        respectively. In this case, the different CRI may mean a CRI        included in a different RSS.

Alternatively, only one CRI may be reported for a different CSI set. Inaddition, a resource combination included in a different RSS may bereported based on a corresponding CRI value. In this case, acorresponding CRI value may mean an order (or an index) of resources ineach RSS. In addition, a bit for CRI reporting may be defined based onthe number of resources included in a specific RSS. In this case, onlyone CRI instead of two CRIs may be reported, so there is an advantage ofsaving the number of bits for CRI reporting.

As an example of the method, when a value indicated by the CRI is j,each j-th resource in a RSS selected for a CSI set configuration may beselected. A detailed description of information on a RSS combinationselected for a CSI set configuration is described later.

-   -   RI: For a different CSI set, a different RI may be reported.        Alternatively, only one RI may be reported for a different CSI        set, and in this case, both two CSI sets may assume one RI        reported above. As such, when only one RI is reported, a degree        of freedom for RI selection gets lower, but a feedback overhead        for RI reporting may be reduced.

Alternatively, for a different CSI set, a RI in other CSI set may bedefined as a differential value compared with a RI of the specific CSIset based on a RI of a specific CSI set. For example, when a RI valuefor a first CSI set is 2 and a RI value for a second CSI set is 4, aterminal may report as a RI value for a first CSI set and report 2 as aRI value for a second CSI set (i.e., a differential value compared withan RI of a first CSI set). In this case, a feedback overhead for RIreporting may be reduced.

In the above-described methods, only a specific RI combination may belimited and defined in CSI reporting. For example, a terminal may reportonly a RI combination for each CSI set such as 1:1, 1:2, 2:1, 2:2, 2:3,3:2, 3:3, 3:4, 4:3, 4:4.

Alternatively, a different RI may be reported through a value meaning(indicating) a combination of a different RI value. For example,regarding a RI combination such as 1:1, 1:2, 2:1, 2:2, 2:3, 3:2, 3:3,3:4, 4:3, 4:4, 10 states are assumed. In this case, a terminal mayreport a different RI value for each CSI set by reporting a state valuecorresponding to a specific RI combination.

-   -   Transmission of 2 Codewords (CW): When a sum of RI values for a        different CSI set is equal to or greater than a specific value        (e.g., 5), a terminal may report 2 CQIs for 2 CWs. Here, CQI        reporting for a different CW is described in detail in the        following CQI part.    -   PMI: For a different CSI set, a different independent PMI value        may be reported based on a PM (precoding matrix) defined in        standards.

Alternatively, based on a PMI of a specific CSI set for a different CSIset, a PMI in other CSI set may be defined as a differential valuecompared with a PMI of the specific CSI set. For example, PMI indexvalue(s) for a first CSI set may be reported as they are and PMI indexvalue(s) for a second CSI set may be reported as a differential valuecompared with PMI index value(s) of a first CSI set. In this case, afeedback overhead for PMI reporting may be reduced. The example mayassume that an independent PM is applied to each resource correspondingto a different CSI set.

-   -   CQI: For a different CSI set, a different independent CQI value        may be reported. Here, a SINR assumption for each CQI may be        different. For example, CSI #1 may be defined as        SINR₁=S₁/(I_(2,intf)+I_(1,MU1)+I_(1,MU2)+I_(intf)+N) and CSI #2        may be defined as        SINR₂=S₂/(I_(1,intf)+I_(2,MU1)+I_(2,MU2)+I_(intf)+N). Here, S₁        and S₂ may mean signal power by a TRP 1 channel and signal power        by a TRP 2 channel, respectively. I_(1,intf) and I_(2,intf) may        mean interference signal power by a TRP 1 channel and        interference signal power by a TRP 2 channel, respectively.        I_(1,MU1) and I_(2,MU2) may mean interference signal power of        TRP 1 by a MU channel of TRP 1 and interference signal power of        TRP 1 by a MU channel of TRP 2, respectively. I_(1,MU1) and        I_(2,MU1) may mean interference signal power of TRP 2 by a MU        channel of TRP 1 and interference signal power of TRP 2 by a MU        channel of TRP 2, respectively. I_(intf) may mean overlapped        interference signal power from an inter-cell (/TRP). N may mean        a size of a noise.

Meanwhile, when a base station simultaneously transmits a signal from adifferent TPR (e.g., for NCJT), a reception SINR of a terminal may bedefined asSINR_(NCJT)=(S₁+S₂)/(I_(1,intf)+I_(2,intf)+I_(1,MU1)+I_(1,MU2)+I_(2,MU1)+I_(2,MU2)+I_(intf)+N).As in an example described in the Equations, when a differentindependent CQI value considers only signal power of a specific TRP, itmay have a value different from a CQI in actual multi-TRP transmission(e.g., for NCJT). Accordingly, a base station may indicate/configure aterminal to report a (single) CQI considering multi-TRP transmission(e.g., for NCJT) through L1/L2 signaling or may be defined by a fixedrule. In this case, a terminal may report only one CQI for a differentCSI set. When only one CQI is reported as above, it may mean a CQI for1CW transmission.

-   -   A relation of a transmission layer of a PDSCH/antenna port(s)        for a PDSCH (a DMRS)/antenna port(s) for a CSI-RS/a precoder in        CQI computation (calculation) is described:

In current standards, UE assumes that a PDSCH signal in an antenna portset [1000, . . . , 1000+v−1] for v layers is equivalent to a signalcorresponding to corresponding symbols transmitted from an antenna port[3000, . . . , 3000+P−1] as in the following Equation 11.

$\begin{matrix}{\begin{bmatrix}{y^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y^{({3000 + P - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix} = {{W(i)}\begin{bmatrix}{x^{(0)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}11} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

x(i)=[x⁽⁰⁾(i) . . . x^((v−1))(i)]^(T) is a vector of PDSCH symbolsgenerated from layer mapping. P∈{1,2,4,8,12,16,24,32} is the number ofCSI-RS ports.

In current standards, one resource is assumed in CSI computation andaccordingly, it has one RI/PMI. Accordingly, also in a relation of atransmission layer of a PDSCH/antenna port(s) for a PDSCH (aDMRS)/antenna port(s) for a CSI-RS/a precoder in CQI computation definedin the standards, only one RI and PM are considered. However, in CSIcomputation considering multi-TRP transmission, it may have each RI/PMIvalue for a different CSI-RS resource corresponding to a different CSIset. Accordingly, in this case, a relation between a CSI-RS port/a RI/aprecoder corresponding to a different resource corresponding to adifferent CSI set and an antenna port for a transmission layer of aPDSCH/a PDSCH (a DMRS) should be defined.

-   -   A Method of reporting 1 CQI for transmission of 1 CW

For example, when a sum of RIs corresponding to a different CSI set isequal to or less than 4, 1 CQI for transmission of 1 CW may be reported.In this case, a CQI may be determined based on the following method.

1) For a CSI-RS port and a precoder, an order for CQI computation (or anindex, or an order, or mapping) may be defined based on an order of aCSI set (or an index, or an order (e.g., ascending order or descendingorder)). The following Equation 12 represents an example of the method.

$\begin{matrix}{\begin{bmatrix}{y_{{CSI}1}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}1}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}1} - 1})}(i)} \\{y_{{CSI}2}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}2}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}2} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix} = {\begin{bmatrix}{W_{{CSI}1}(i)} & 0 \\0 & {W_{{CSI}2}(i)}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}{x^{(0)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}12} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

In Equation 12, y^((p)) _(CSI1)(i) and y^((p)) _(CSI2)(i) may mean asymbol transmitted through a p-th CSI-RS port of a resourcecorresponding to a first CSI set and a symbol transmitted through a p-thCSI-RS port of a resource corresponding to a second CSI set,respectively. P_(CSI1) and P_(CSI2) may mean the number of CSI-RS portsof a resource corresponding to a first CSI set and the number of CSI-RSports of a resource corresponding to a second CSI set, respectively.W_(CSI1)(i) and W_(CSI2)(i) may mean a PM corresponding to a first CSIset (e.g., a PM selected by a terminal/selected by a rule) and a PMcorresponding to a second CSI set (e.g., a PM selected by aterminal/selected by a rule), respectively. 0 may mean a matrix that allelements are configured with 0.

For CSI-RS ports defined in Equation 12, it may be assumed that a signalcorresponding to a symbol transmitted from a corresponding antenna portin an order of a vector is the same as a signal transmitted from a[1000, . . . , 1000+v−1] port that a PDSCH is transmitted. Here, symbolsmapped to each layer may follow a definition of standards. It may mean amapping relation between each layer and a DMRS port. In addition, thecontents may be equally applied in the following proposal. For example,in CQI computation, UE assumes that a PDSCH signal in an antenna portset [1000, . . . , 1000+v−1] for v layers is equivalent to a signalcorresponding to corresponding symbols transmitted in an antenna port[3000_(CSI1), . . . , 3000_(CSI1)+P_(CSI1)−1, 3000_(CSI2), . . . ,3000_(CSI2)+P_(CSI2)−1]. Here, x(i)=[x⁽⁰⁾(i) . . . x^((v−1))(i)]^(T) isa vector of PDSCH symbols generated from layer mapping.

2) For a CSI-RS port and a precoder, an order for CQI computation (or anindex, or an order, or mapping) may be defined based on a RI size of aCSI set (e.g., ascending order or descending order). The followingEquation 13 represents an example of the method.

$\begin{matrix}{\begin{bmatrix}{y_{{CSI}a}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}a}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}a} - 1})}(i)} \\{y_{{CSI}b}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}b}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}b} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix} = {\begin{bmatrix}{W_{{CSI}a}(i)} & 0 \\0 & {W_{{CSI}b}(i)}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}{x^{(0)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}13} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

In Equation 13, y^((p)) _(CSIa)(i) and y^((p)) _(CSIb)(i) may mean asymbol transmitted through a p-th CSI-RS port of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIa set and a symbol transmitted through a p-thCSI-RS port of a resource corresponding to a CSIb set, respectively.P_(CSIa) and P_(CSIb) may mean the number of CSI-RS ports of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIa set and the number CSI-RS ports of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIb set, respectively. W_(CSIa)(i) and W_(CSIb)(i)may mean a PM corresponding to a CSIa set (e.g., a PM selected by aterminal/selected by a rule) and a PM corresponding to a CSIb set (e.g.,a PM selected by a terminal/selected by a rule), respectively. 0 maymean a matrix that all elements are configured with 0.

In the Equation, for CSIa and CSIb, an order may be determined tosatisfy RI_(CSIa)≥RI_(CSIb) or RI_(CSIa)≤RI_(CSIb). For example, when afirst condition is assumed, CSIa and CSIb may correspond to CSI1 andCSI2, respectively, for RI_(CSI1), RI_(CSI2)=2, 1. Meanwhile, when a RIof a different CSI set is the same, an order may be defined based on amethod of the 1).

-   -   A Method of reporting 2 CQIs for transmission of 2 CWs

For example, when a sum of RIs corresponding to a different CSI set isequal to or greater than 5, 2 CQIs for transmission of 2 CWs may bereported. In this case, each CQI corresponding to a different CW may bedetermined based on the following method.

1) For a CSI-RS port and a precoder, an order for CQI computation (or anindex, or an order, or mapping) may be defined based on an order of aCSI set (or an index, or an order (e.g., ascending order or descendingorder)). Here, transmission layers may be classified into differentlayer groups (LG) and a different PM may (sequentially) correspond to atransmission layer of a different LG. For example, a PM in CSI set 1 may(sequentially (e.g., in ascending order/descending order)) correspond toa transmission layer belonging to LG 1 and a PM in CSI set 2 may(sequentially (e.g., in ascending order/descending order)) correspond toa transmission layer belonging to LG 2. The following Equation 14represents an example of the method.

$\begin{matrix}{\begin{bmatrix}{y_{{CSI}1}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}1}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}1} - 1})}(i)} \\{y_{{CSI}2}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}2}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}2} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix} = \text{ }{\begin{bmatrix}{W_{{CSI}1}(i)} & 0 \\0 & {W_{{CSI}2}(i)}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}{x^{(v_{{LG}1}^{1})}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v_{{LG}1}^{1} + {RI}_{{CSI}1} - 1})}(i)} \\{x^{(v_{{LG}2}^{1})}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v_{{LG}2}^{1} + {RI}_{{CSI}2} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}14} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

In Equation 14, y^((p)) _(CSI1)(i) and y^((p)) _(CSI2)(i) may mean asymbol transmitted through a p-th CSI-RS port of a resourcecorresponding to a first CSI set and a symbol transmitted through a p-thCSI-RS port of a resource corresponding to a second CSI set,respectively. P_(CSI1) and P_(CSI2) may mean the number of CSI-RS portsof a resource corresponding to a first CSI set and the number of CSI-RSports of a resource corresponding to a second CSI set, respectively.W_(CSI1)(i) and W_(CSI2)(i) may mean a PM corresponding to a first CSIset (e.g., a PM selected by a terminal/selected by a rule) and a PMcorresponding to a second CSI set (e.g., a PM selected by aterminal/selected by a rule), respectively. 0 may mean a matrix that allelements are configured with 0.

In Equation 14, v¹ _(LG1) and v¹ _(LG2) may mean a first layer index ofa first LG and a first layer index of a second LG, respectively.

In the method, a transmission layer corresponding to a different LG maybe defined based on all RI values and an example may be as follows. Forexample, for a RI is 5/7/8, v_(LG1)={2,3,6,7}, v_(LG2)={0,1,4,5} orv_(LG2)={2,3,6,7}, v_(LG1)={0,1,4,5} may be defined. In another example,for a RI=6, v_(LG1)={2,3,5}, v_(LG2)={0,1,4} or v_(LG2)={2,3,5},v_(LG1)={0,1,4} may be defined.

Based on an example of the LG, when a RI value of a different CSI set isdifferent, LG2 may correspond to a CSI set having a larger RI value. Inother words, a LG including a layer corresponding a CW having a large RIvalue for all RI values may correspond to a CSI set having a large RIvalue.

Alternatively, when a different CSI set has the same RI value, a CSI setand a LG may correspond respectively based on a specific order (e.g.,ascending order/descending order).

A reason why a LG may be classified as above is as follows. As describedin the following standards, based on TS38.212, when a DMRS port index isindicated to a terminal through DCI, it is defined to correspond to atransmission layer in an indicated DMRS port order.

For example) Antenna port(s)—4, 5, or 6 bits, here, the number of CDMgroups without values of 1, 2, 3 refers to each CDM group {0, {0,1},{0,1,2}, An antenna port {p₀, . . . , p_(v−1)} is determined accordingto an order of DMRS port(s).

Meanwhile, when a plurality of TCI states are indicated to a terminalfor multi-TRP transmission, each TCI state and DMRS port may be definedin TS38.214 as below so that they can be mapped each other based on aCDM group that a DMRS port is included.

Example) When UE is not indicated as DCI including ‘Time domain resourceassignment’, a DCI field indicating an entry inpdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList including RepNumR16 inPDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and 2 TCI states in a codepoint of aDCI field, ‘Transmission Configuration Indication’ are indicated andDM-RS port(s) in 2 CDM groups in a DCI field, ‘Antenna Port(s)’, areindicated, a first TCI state corresponds to a CDM group of a firstantenna port indicated by an antenna port indication table and a secondTCI state corresponds to other CDM group.

According to the above-described contents, when a plurality of TCIstates are indicated to a terminal for multi-TRP transmission, each TCIstate may be mapped to a DMRS port included in a specific CDM group.And, the DMRS port is sequentially mapped to a transmission layer in anorder defined in standards. Thereby, when 2 CWs are transmitted, DMRSports corresponding to a different TCI state may correspond to layerscorresponding to a specific CW. In other words, a specific CW may bemapped to a different TRP together without being mapped to a specificTRP.

The following Table 21 represents a mapping relation between eachCW/layer/DMRS port/CDM group when 5 layers are transmitted according tocurrent standards. (DMRS Type 1 is illustrated)

TABLE 21 Codeword DMRS CDM (CW) Layer port Group 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 2 1 33 1 4 4 0

As shown in Table 21, for CW1, it may be shown that a DMRS portcorresponding to a different CDM group, i.e., corresponding to adifferent TRP, is mapped. The mapping relation should be able to bereflected when a terminal computes a CQI of a different CW. For example,according to a mapping relation of a layer-DMRS port-CDM group in thetable, layer 0, 1, 4 may correspond to TRP 1 and layer 2, 3 maycorrespond to TRP 2. Accordingly, in CQI computation of CW1, a thirdlayer of TRP 1 and a first and second layer of TRP 2 may be a layer of atransmission signal and may be computed as signal power in CQIcomputation. On the other hand, a first and second layer of TRP 1corresponding to CW0 may be an interference layer for CW1 and may becomputed as interference power in CQI computation for CW1. As describedin an example of Table 21, a layer corresponding to each CW may classifya layer group (LG) based on a mapping relation of a layer-DMRS port-CDMgroup, i.e., based on a CDM group to which a layer will correspond.

FIG. 31 illustrates information on a CDM group and a DMRS portcorresponding to each layer based on all RIs according to an embodimentof the present disclosure.

2) For a CSI-RS port and a precoder, an order for CQI computation (or anindex, or an order, or mapping) may be defined based on a RI size of aCSI set (e.g., ascending order or descending order). Here, transmissionlayers may be classified into different layer groups (LG) and adifferent PM may (sequentially) correspond to a transmission layer of adifferent LG. For example, a PM in CSI set 1 may (sequentially (e.g., inascending order/descending order)) correspond to a transmission layerbelonging to LG 1 and a PM in CSI set 2 may (sequentially (e.g., inascending order/descending order)) correspond to a transmission layerbelonging to LG 2. The following Equation 15 represents an example ofthe method.

$\begin{matrix}{\begin{bmatrix}{y_{{CSI}a}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}a}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}a} - 1})}(i)} \\{y_{{CSI}b}^{(3000)}(i)} \\\ldots \\{y_{{CSI}b}^{({3000 + P_{{CSI}b} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix} = \text{ }{\begin{bmatrix}{W_{{CSI}a}(i)} & 0 \\0 & {W_{{CSI}b}(i)}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}{x^{(v_{{LG}1}^{1})}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v_{{LG}1}^{1} + {RI}_{{CSI}1} - 1})}(i)} \\{x^{(v_{{LG}2}^{1})}(i)} \\\ldots \\{x^{({v_{{LG}2}^{1} + {RI}_{{CSI}2} - 1})}(i)}\end{bmatrix}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}15} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

In Equation 15, y^((p)) _(CSIa)(i) and y^((p)) _(CSIb)(i) may mean asymbol transmitted through a p-th CSI-RS port of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIa set and a symbol transmitted through a p-thCSI-RS port of a resource corresponding to a CSIb set, respectively.P_(CSIa) and P_(CSIb) may mean the number of CSI-RS ports of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIa set and the number CSI-RS ports of a resourcecorresponding to a CSIb set, respectively. W_(CSIa)(i) and W_(CSIb)(i)may mean a PM corresponding to a CSIa set (e.g., a PM selected by aterminal/selected by a rule) and a PM corresponding to a CSIb set (e.g.,a PM selected by a terminal/selected by a rule), respectively. 0 maymean a matrix that all elements are configured with 0.

In the Equation, for CSIa and CSIb, an order may be determined tosatisfy RI_(CSIa)≥RI_(CSIb) or RI_(CSIa)≤RI_(CSIb). For example, when afirst condition is assumed, for RI_(CSI1), RI_(CSI2)=3, 2, CSIa and CSIbmay correspond to CSI1 and CSI2, respectively. Meanwhile, when a RI of adifferent CSI set is the same, an order may be defined based on a methodof the 1).

In Equation 15, v¹ _(LG1) and v¹ _(LG2) may mean a first layer index ofa first LG and a first layer index of a second LG, respectively.

In the method, a transmission layer corresponding to a different LG maybe defined based on all RI values and an example may be as follows. Forexample, for a RI=5/7/8, v_(LG1)={2,3,6,7}, v_(LG2)={0,1,4,5} orv_(LG2)={2,3,6,7}, v_(LG1)={0,1,4,5} may be defined. In another example,for a RI=6, v_(LG1)={2,3,5}, v_(LG2)={0,1,4} or v_(LG2)={2,3,5},v_(LG1)={0,1,4} may be defined.

Based on an example of the LG, when a RI value of a different CSI set isdifferent, LG2 may correspond to a CSI set having a larger RI value. Inother words, a LG including a layer corresponding a CW having a large RIvalue for all RI values may correspond to a CSI set having a large RIvalue.

Alternatively, when a different CSI set has the same RI value, a CSI setand a LG may correspond respectively based on a specific order (e.g.,ascending order/descending order).

-   -   LI (layer indicator): For a different CSI set, a different        independent LI value may be reported. Whether a different        independent LI value is reported and/or the number of LI values        reported in each CSI set may be indicated by L1/L2 signaling        and/or may be determined based on a fixed rule. For example, the        number of LI values which should be reported may be determined        based on the maximum number of PTRS ports configured in a        terminal. For example, when the maximum number of PTRS ports is        configured as 2, two different LI values may be reported in each        CSI set. For example, when N is 2 in the assumption (i.e., there        are 2 CSI sets), a LI value of each CSI set and/or the number of        bits necessary for reporting a LI value may be determined based        on a RI and/or a PMI reported in each CSI set. For example, when        it is assumed that a RI value corresponding to a specific CSI        set is v, the number of bits necessary for reporting a LI value        of the specific CSI set may be determined based on the number of        ports configuring a resource corresponding to a corresponding        CSI set. For example, it may be determined such as ceil(log₂        v)(ceil(x) is the minimum integer which is not smaller than x)        or min(2,ceil(log₂ v)). In addition, the reported LI value may        mean the strongest layer index corresponding to a specific        column of a PM corresponding to a PMI of a corresponding CSI        set. Meanwhile, when the maximum number of PTRS ports is        configured as 1, one LI value may be reported. Alternatively, a        LI value selected for a specific CSI set may be reported and a        LI value fixed as a specific value for remaining N−1 CSI sets        may be reported.    -   A1. When one LI value is reported for a different CSI set and an        independent CQI is reported in a different CSI set: The number        of bits necessary for reporting a corresponding LI may be        determined based on the largest value of RI values included in        all CSI sets (e.g., v) and the number of ports configuring a        resource corresponding to a CSI set that the largest RI value is        included. For example, it may be determined such as ceil(log₂        v)(ceil(x) is the minimum integer which is not smaller than x)        or min(2,ceil(log₂ v)). Here, a CSI set corresponding to the        reported LI value may be determined based on a RI/a CQI included        in each CSI set. For example, a CSI set corresponding to the        reported LI value may be determined as a CSI set having a larger        CQI and/or (when a CQI is the same) may be determined as a CSI        set having a larger RI value and/or (when a CQI/a RI is the        same) may be determined as a specific CSI set (e.g., a first CSI        set). The reported LI value may mean the strongest layer index        corresponding to a specific column of a PM corresponding to a        PMI of a corresponding CSI set.    -   A2. When one LI value is reported for a different CSI set and        one CQI is reported for a different CSI set: The number of bits        necessary for reporting a corresponding LI may be determined        based on the largest value of RI values included in all CSI sets        (e.g., v) and the number of ports configuring a resource        corresponding to a CSI set that the largest RI value is        included. For example, it may be determined such as ceil(log₂        v)(ceil(x) is the minimum integer which is not smaller than x)        or min(2,ceil(log₂ v)). Here, a CSI set corresponding to the        reported LI value may be determined based on a RI included in        each CSI set. For example, the reported LI value may be        determined as a CSI set having a larger RI value and/or (when a        RI is the same) may be determined as a specific CSI set (e.g., a        first CSI set). And/or a CSI set corresponding to the reported        LI value may be determined as a CSI set having greater signal        power/a larger SINR. The reported LI value may mean the        strongest layer index corresponding to a specific column of a PM        corresponding to a PMI of a corresponding CSI set.

Meanwhile, when one LI value is reported in the proposal, a variable forreporting whether the LI value is reported may be defined bycorresponding to which CSI set of a plurality of CSI sets. For example,a specific CSI set of two CSI sets may be reported through 1-bitinformation. Alternatively, a rule may be defined so that a reported LIvalue will correspond to a specific CSI set. For example, when one LIvalue is reported, it may be defined as corresponding to a first (orlowest/highest) CSI set. Here, for a terminal, an order of RIs/PMIs,etc. which will be reported in each CSI set may be arranged based on theLI value. For example, a RI/a PMI, etc. corresponding to the LI valuemay correspond to a first CSI set and remaining CSI may correspond toremaining CSI sets to report them to a base station.

For the reported RI/PMI, a mutual pair may be defined and a reportingmethod/the amount of reported information, etc. of a PMI may bedetermined based on a pairing RI value.

Hereinafter, a method of reporting information on a combination ofresource sets (RSS) selected for a CSI set configuration is described.

In the above-described proposal, M resource sets configured with one ormore resources are defined in one resource setting. According to aproposal, N RSSs of M RSSs may be selected and here, a terminal shouldreport to a base station which RSS combination is used tocompute/acquire/report CSI.

Meanwhile, for omitting reporting on such a selected RSS, a base stationmay be indicated/configured to compute/acquire/report CSI for N CSI setsbased on N RSSs or may be defined by a fixed rule. And, a terminal maynot report information on a RSS to a base station.

However, although the same number of RSSs as CSI sets are configured,there may be a case in which a terminal may determine that performanceof single TRP transmission considering a specific TRP is better thanthat of multi-TRP transmission considering N TRPs. For example, it maycorrespond to a case in which a CQI considering single TRP transmissionis higher than a CQI considering multi-TRP transmission when the totalnumber of ranks is the same/similar. As such, when M, the number of RSSsconfigured/included in a resource setting, is the same as and greaterthan N, the number of CSI sets which should be reported, a terminalshould report to a base station which RSS group is used to report CSIsets. To this end, a terminal may report standard information on N or Nor less RSS groups to a base station when reporting N CSI sets. For suchreporting, the following method may be applied.

-   -   A1: A terminal may report N or less specific RSS(s) based on a        bitmap configured with M-bits.    -   A2: A bit field which may indicate        Combination(M,N)+Combination(M,N−1)+ . . . +Combination(M,1) RSS        combinations may be defined and a terminal may report N or less        specific RSS(s) based on a corresponding relation between a        corresponding bit field and a specific RSS combination.

When the number of RSSs reported according to the proposal is less thanN, CSI configuring N−1 CSI sets (e.g., CRI/RI/PMI/LI/CQI, etc.) may befixed as a specific value. Alternatively, information/a size of part 1/2may be determined based on the number of RSSs reported to the basestation. Information on Part 1/2 is defined in TS38.214 and includes thefollowing contents. Part 1 is used to identify the number of informationbits in Part 2 with a fixed payload size. Part 1 should be entirelytransmitted before Part 2.

In addition to the proposal, for reducing a feedback overhead andcomplexity of CSI computation of a terminal, it may be defined tocompute/acquire/report CSI only for a specific candidate among all RSScombination candidates which may be combined with M RSSs based on L1/L2signaling and/or a fixed rule. The following Table 22 to Table 24represent such an example.

TABLE 22 Candidates Reporting RSS #1 on RSS #2 on RSS #3 on RSS #1-#2 onRSS #1-#3 on RSS #2-#3 on

TABLE 23 Candidates Reporting RSS #1 off RSS #2 off RSS #3 off RSS #1-#2on RSS #1-#3 on RSS #2-#3 on

TABLE 24 Candidates Reporting RSS #1 on RSS #2 off RSS #3 on RSS #1-#2off RSS #1-#3 on RSS #2-#3 off

In an example of the Table 22 to Table 24, M and N assume a case inwhich 3 and 2 are configured, respectively. Table 22 represents anexample in which it is configured to perform CSIcomputation/acquisition/reporting for all possible RG combinations. Onthe other hand, Table 23 and Table 24 represent an example in which itis configured not to consider a specific RG combination. Table 23represents an example in which it is configured not to perform CSIcomputation/acquisition/reporting for single TRP transmission. Table 24represents an example in which it is configured not to perform CSIcomputation/acquisition/reporting that a TRP corresponding to RSS #2 isincluded. In other words, Table 24 is an example in which it isconfigured not to compute/acquire/report CSI that a TRP corresponding toa specific RSS is included. (In other words, it may be configured tocompute/acquire/report only CSI that a TRP corresponding to a specificRSS is included.) A base station may configure the operation to aterminal through a specific parameter in each reporting setting.

When it is configured to compute/acquire/report CSI only for a specificcandidate among all RSS combination candidates based on the proposal, aconfiguration (and/or a size) of a CSI payload may be determined basedon the ‘specific candidate’. For example, for an example of the Table22, 3 bits which will indicate a specific RSS combination among a totalof 6 candidates should be included in a CSI payload. However, in anexample of Table 23 or Table 24, CSI may be computed/acquired/reportedonly for 3 candidates among a total of 6 candidates, so only 2 bitswhich will indicate a specific RSS combination among 3 candidates may beincluded in a CSI payload. And/or it may be defined to maintain a sizeof a CSI payload (i.e., fixed in a specific size) and fixedly report aspecific value for a specific payload (e.g., zero padding).

And/or, when it is configured to compute/acquire/report CSI only for aspecific candidate among all RSS combination candidates based on theproposal, the number of CPUs (CSI processing unit) used for CSIreporting may be determined based on the ‘specific candidate’. Forexample, for an example of the Table 22, the number of CPUs for CSIcomputation/acquisition/reporting for a total of 6 candidates should beconsidered. However, in an example of Table 23 or Table 24, CSI may becomputed/acquired/reported only for 3 candidates among a total of 6candidates, so it may be defined to consider only the number of CPUs for3 candidates.

Meanwhile, in addition to the proposal, it may be defined to necessarilycompute/acquire/report CSI for a specific candidate among all RSScombination candidates which are possible with M RSSs based on L1/L2signaling and/or a fixed rule. For example, a terminal may be defined tocompute/acquire/report CSI related to single TRP transmission. In anexample of the Table 22, a terminal may compute/acquire CSI based on aresource in RSS #1/#2/#3 to compute/acquire/report CSI for single TRPtransmission and may report CSI computed/acquired based on a specificresource in a specific RSS which is most preferred when assuming singleTRP transmission (e.g., the highest SINR/CQI/RI/throughput, etc.) to abase station. CSI for the single TRP transmission may be always reportedregardless of CSI for multi-TRP transmission and in addition, CSI formulti-TRP transmission (e.g., for NCJT/URLLC, etc.) may be reportedtogether. In other words, an example of the Table 22 may mean a case inwhich CSI for a single TRP and CSI for multi-TRPs are always reported toa base station together. As above, when a terminal always reports CSIfor a single TRP regardless of CSI for multi-TRPs, when a base stationmay not perform multi-TRP transmission for any reason although multi-TRPtransmission is better for a specific terminal, the base station mayknow CSI suitable for a single TRP for the specific terminal.Accordingly, it may have an advantage that scheduling suitable for thespecific terminal may be performed.

And/or, when CSI is necessarily computed/acquired/reported for aspecific candidate based on the proposal and at the same time, whenwhether CSI is reported for a specific candidate is variable(selective), a state which may indicate whether the reporting isperformed may be defined together in a CSI payload for reporting aspecific RSS combination. For example, when it is defined/configured tocompute/acquire/report CSI related to single TRP transmission and it isdefined/configured to report CSI related to multi-TRP transmission basedon selection of a terminal, a state related to ‘non-reporting’ may bedefined in a CSI payload for reporting a RSS combination related tomulti-TRP transmission. In an example of the Table 22, there are threeRG combinations related to multi-TRP transmission, {#1,#2}, {#1,#3},{#2,#3}, and as a state for ‘non-reporting’ is added to it, a CSIpayload may be configured with 2 bits for a total of 4 states.

And/or, a state related to reporting/partial reporting (e.g., for CSIomission)/non-reporting may be defined by adding or replacing a statefor the ‘non-reporting’.

A relation between a resource set in a resource setting and a CSI-IM/NZPCSI-RS configured in a resource setting for IM is described.

In reference to FIG. 22(a), as defined in TS 38.214, a NZP CSI-RSresource of a resource setting for CM connected to a reporting settingand a CSI-IM resource for IM are mapped each other in a resource-wiseunit when computing CSI. For example, a first NZP CSI-RS resource may beapplied together with a first CSI-IM resource when computing CSI and asecond NZP CSI-RS resource may be applied together with a second CSI-IMresource when computing CSI.

By referring to FIG. 22(b) again, when a NZP CSI-RS resource for IM isconfigured in a reporting setting, only one of a NZP CSI-RS resource ofa resource setting for CM and a CSI-IM resource for IM may beconfigured. And, when computing CSI, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a CSI-IMresource and NZP CSI-RS resources for IM may be applied together.

Meanwhile, when a plurality of resource sets in a resource setting areconfigured according to the proposals, a relation between resources in aplurality of resource sets in a resource setting and CSI-IM/NZP CSI-RSresources configured in a resource setting for IM needs to be definedfor CSI computation, and to this end, it may be defined as follows.

FIGS. 32 to 34 are a diagram which illustrates a mapping relation with aresource for channel measurement and a resource for interferencemeasurement according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.

-   -   A CSI-IM resource configured in a resource setting for IM may be        mapped to a resource in each resource set (RSS) each other in a        resource-wise unit.

In reference to FIG. 32 , for example, a first NZP CSI-RS resource in afirst RSS may be applied together with a first CSI-IM resource whencomputing CSI and a first NZP CSI-RS resource in a second RSS may bealso applied together with a first CSI-IM resource when computing CSI.

Alternatively, in reference to FIG. 33 , a CSI-IM resource may be mappedto a specific resource in a specific RSS (e.g., RSS #2 in FIG. 33 ) eachother in a resource-wise unit. A resource (e.g., resource #1 of RSS #1in FIG. 33 ) mapped to the CSI-IM resource among resources included in aRSS except for the specific RSS (e.g., RSS #1 in FIG. 33 ) may be mappedto a resource (e.g., resource #1 of CSI-IM resources in FIG. 33 )assumed for IM between RSSs when performing CSI computation for thespecific resource.

-   -   When a NZP CSI-RS resource is configured in a resource setting        for IM, only one resource in a resource set may be configured        and when CSI computation is performed, a NZP CSI-RS resource, a        CSI-IM resource and a NZP CSI-RS resource for IM in each        resource set may be applied together. For example, in reference        to FIG. 34 , when performing CSI computation, resource #1,        CSI-IM resource #1 and NZP CSI-RS resource #1 for IM in RSS #1        may be applied together.

Hereinafter, a method of configuring a different QCL-typeD referenceresource is described.

The above-described proposal may assume that for resources included in adifferent RSS, QCL-typeD is not configured or the same QCL-typeD isconfigured in a resource-wise unit. As described in ‘the relationbetween a resource set in a resource setting and a CSI-IM/NZP CSI-RSconfigured in a resource setting for IM’, it may be equally applied to aNZP CSI-RS resource and a CSI-IM resource for IM mapped to resources ineach RSS.

Meanwhile, it may be necessary to support a case in which a differentQCL-TypeD RS is configured by considering a frequency band higher thanFR 1. For example, when a terminal may be equipped with a plurality ofpanels to simultaneously receive a signal by using a plurality ofreception beams, a terminal may receive PDSCH(s) that a plurality ofQCL-TypeD RSs are configured. In this case, a different QCL-typeD RSneeds to be configured for resources included in a different RSS toacquire/report CSI considering multi-TRP transmission. To this end, aterminal may report relative UE capability to a base station. The UEcapability may be a capability which means that a terminal maysimultaneously receive a signal through a plurality of spatial domainreceive filters based on a different QCL-TypeD RS. A base station mayconfigure a different QCL-TypeD RS for resources corresponding to adifferent RSS for CSI computation which considers multi-TRP transmissionfor a corresponding terminal based on the UE capability. When adifferent QCL-TypeD RS is configured for resources corresponding to adifferent RSS, a terminal may receive the resource through a pluralityof spatial domain receive filters based on a different QCL-TypeD RS(i.e., through a plurality of panels). It may be equally applied to aNZP CSI-RS resource and a CSI-IM resource for IM mapped to resources ineach RSS described in ‘the relation between a resource set in a resourcesetting and a CSI-IM/NZP CSI-RS configured in a resource setting forIM’. In addition, resources corresponding to the different RSS areconfigured with a different QCL-TypeD RS, but may be defined to betransmitted in the same OFDM symbol. In addition, resourcescorresponding to the different RSS may have a one-to-one correspondingrelation between different RSSs.

FIG. 35 illustrates an operation which receives CSI-RSs that multipledifferent QCL type D reference resources are configured according to anembodiment of the present disclosure.

An operation which receives the CSI-RS through a plurality of spatialdomain receive filters based on a different QCL-TypeD RS (i.e., througha plurality of panels) may be represented as in the following Equation16.

$\begin{matrix}{y_{2 \times 1} = {{\begin{bmatrix}{h_{1,1,1} + h_{1,2,1}} & {h_{2,1,1} + h_{2,2,1}} \\{h_{1,1,2} + h_{1,2,2}} & {h_{2,1,2} + h_{2,2,2}}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}x_{1} \\x_{2}\end{bmatrix}} + n_{2 \times 1}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}16} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

In Equation 16, y_(2×1) may mean a vector of a reception signal andn_(2×1) may mean a vector of a noise. x₁ may mean a transmission signalof a CSI-RS port in TRP1 and x₂ may mean a transmission signal of aCSI-RS port in TRP2. h_(i,p,j) may mean a channel coefficient between aCSI-RS port of a i-th TRP and a j-th reception port of a p-th panel of aterminal. As in the above-described example, a reception beam of panel 1and panel 2 may be different each other. There may be an interpretationthat a different QCL-TypeD RS is configured for different CSI-RSresources (for CM) which are considered when performing CSI computationconsidering multi-TRP transmission. In other words, it is assumed that aQCL-TypeD RS of resource #a included in RSS #1 corresponding to TRP1 isconfigured as A and a QCL-TypeD RS of resource #b included in RSS #2corresponding to TRP2 is configured as B. And, a situation that tworesources respectively correspond to a different CSI set is assumed. Inthis case, a terminal may simultaneously receive a CSI-RS in a specificresource through a different reception beam. And, a terminal mayestimate h_(1,1,1)+h_(1,2,1) and h_(1,1,2)+h_(1,2,2) with a receptionsignal of each reception port of a terminal through a CSI-RS transmittedby resource #a and estimate h_(2,1,1)+h_(2,2,1) and h_(2,1,2)+h_(2,2,2)with a reception signal of each reception port of a terminal through aCSI-RS transmitted by resource #b.

The Equation 16 assumes a case in which a terminal does not classify areception antenna port of a different panel. Meanwhile, a terminal mayalso receive a signal by classifying a reception antenna port of adifferent panel. The following Equation 17 represents an example for acase in which a terminal receives a signal by classifying a receptionantenna port of a different panel.

$\begin{matrix}{y_{4 \times 1} = {{\begin{bmatrix}h_{1,1,1} & h_{2,1,1} \\h_{1,2,1} & h_{2,2,1} \\h_{1,1,2} & h_{2,1,2} \\h_{1,2,2} & h_{2,2,2}\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix}x_{1} \\x_{2}\end{bmatrix}} + n_{4 \times 1}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}17} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$

As in the above-described example, it is assumed that a QCL-TypeD RS ofresource #a included in RSS #1 corresponding to TRP1 is configured as Aand a QCL-TypeD RS of resource #b included in RSS #2 corresponding toTRP2 is configured as B. And, a situation that two resourcesrespectively correspond to a different CSI set is assumed. In this case,a terminal may simultaneously receive a CSI-RS in a specific resourcethrough a different reception beam. And, a terminal may estimateh_(1,1,1), h_(1,2,1), h_(1,1,2) and h_(1,2,2) with a reception signal ofeach reception port of a terminal through a CSI-RS transmitted byresource #a and estimate h_(2,1,1), h_(2,2,1), h_(2,1,2), h_(2,2,2) witha reception signal of each reception port of a terminal through a CSI-RStransmitted by resource #b.

To apply the method, a plurality of different QCL-TypeD RSs may beconfigured for a CSI-RS resource (based on the UE capability). When adifferent QCL-TypeD RS is configured for a CSI-RS resource, a terminalmay receive the resource through a plurality of reception filters (i.e.,spatial domain receive filters) based on a different QCL-TypeD RS. Here,for CSI computation which considers multi-TRP transmission for acorresponding terminal, a plurality of QCL-TypeD RSs configured forresources corresponding to a different RSS may be defined to be thesame. For example, when a QCL-TypeD RS of resource #a included in RSS #1corresponding to TRP1 is configured as A and B, a QCL-TypeD RS ofresource #b included in RSS #2 corresponding to TRP2 may be configuredas A and B. It may be equally applied to a NZP CSI-RS resource and aCSI-IM resource for IM mapped to resources in each RSS described in ‘therelation between a resource set in a resource setting and a CSI-IM/NZPCSI-RS configured in a resource setting for IM’.

Hereinafter, a CSI processing unit considering CSI for multi-TRPtransmission is described.

In TS38.214, a CSI processing unit (CPU) meaning the number of CSI whichmay be simultaneously computed by a terminal is defined and the numberof occupying CPUs is differently defined according to the reportingquantity configured in a reporting setting (e.g., a parameter,reportQuantity). The following Table 25 represents part of a descriptionon a CPU defined in standards.

TABLE 25 UE indicates the number of N_(CPU) for supported simultaneousCSI computation. When UE supports N_(CPU) simultaneous CSI computation,it means possession of N_(CPU) CSI processing units for processing CSIreporting across all configured cells. When L CPUs are occupied forcomputation of CSI reporting in a given OFDM symbol, UE has N_(CPU)-Lunoccupied CPUs. When N CSI reporting starts to occupy each CPU in thesame OFDM symbol that N_(CPU)-L CPUs are not occupied (here, each CSIreporting n = 0, . . . , N-1 correspond to O^((n)) _(CPU)), UE is notrequired to update N-M required CSI reporting with the lowest priority.Here, M is the maximum value satisfying that 0 ≤ M ≤ N is Σ_(n=0) ^(M-1)O^((n)) _(CPU) ≤ N_(CPU)-L. [2] UE does not expect that an aperiodic CSItrigger state including N_(CPU) reporting setting or more is configured.Processing of CSI reporting occupies the number of CPUs for the numberof symbols as follows: O_(CPU) = 0 for CSI reporting havingCSI-ReportConfig which has reportQuantity, a higher layer parameter setas ‘none’, and CSI-RS-ResourceSet that a higher layer parameter,trs-Info, is configured O_(CPU) = 1 for CSI reporting havingCSI-ReportConfig which has reportQuantity, a higher layer parameter setas ‘cri-RSRP’, ‘ssb-Index-RSRP’, ‘cri-SINR’, ‘ssb-Index-SINR’ or ‘none’,(and CSI-RS-ResourceSet that a higher layer parameter, trs-Info, is notconfigured) For CSI reporting having reportQuantity, a higher layerparameter set as ‘cri-RI-PMI-CQI’, ‘cri-RI-il’, ‘cri-RI-il- CQI’,‘cri-RI-CQI’, or ‘cri-RI-LI-PMI-CQI’ If CSI reporting is aperiodicallytriggered without PUSCH transmission having a transport block orHARQ-ACK or both, when L = 0 CPU is occupied, here, CSI corresponds tosingle CSI with wideband frequency-granularity and up to 4 CSI-RS portsin a single resource without CSI reporting, and here, codebookType isset as ‘typeI-SinglePanel’ or reportQuantity is set as ‘cri- RI-CQI’,whereby O_(CPU) is N_(CPU), Otherwise, O_(CPU) is K_(s) and here, K_(s)is the number of CSI-RS resources in a CSI-RS resource set for channelmeasurement.

In addition to a definition of Table 25, when CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission is introduced, complexity of a terminal may increasecompared with the existing operation and accordingly, a new CPUdefinition for reflecting it may be introduced.

Table 26 illustrates a method of defining the number of CPUs necessaryfor CSI computation for multi-TRP transmission based on the number ofCPUs defined according to a higher layer parameter, reportQuantity, incurrent standards. In other words, it may correspond to O_(CPU) in thedescription of standards.

In the following Table 26, a variety of options are proposed by acombination of A1-1, A1-2, A2-1, A2-2, A3-1, A3-2, B1, B2, but alloptions are not necessarily used. Only an option according to acombination of any one of them may be used or options according to twoor more combinations may be selectively used by a specific condition,etc.

For convenience of a description, ‘the CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may be referred to as MTRP CSI. And, ‘CSI consideringmulti-TRP transmission’ may be configured to a terminal throughreportQuantity of CSI-ReportConfig. ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may be defined as a value including (joint)cri/RI/PMI/CQI/LI/RSRP/SINR, etc. And/or ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may mean/include a case in which beam/RS pair informationis configured. And/or ‘CSI considering multi-TRP transmission’ maymean/include a case in which a plurality of resource groups areconfigured in a resource set. And/or ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may mean/include a case in which a plurality of resourcesets are configured in a resource setting. And/or ‘CSI consideringmulti-TRP transmission’ may mean/include a case in which it isconfigured to report a plurality of CSI sets. CSI opposite to the MTRPCSI may be referred to as STRP CSI (i.e., single TRP CSI), which maymean CSI defined previously.

TABLE 26 B1 B2 A1-1. 1) N_(s) × K_(S) + C (M, 2) × (K_(s)′)² 1) C (M, 2)× (K_(s)′)² and/or and/or 2) C (M, 2) × 2 × (K_(s)′)² 2) N_(s) × K_(S) +C (M, 2) × 2 × (K_(s)′)² A1-2. 1) N_(s) × K_(S) + C (M, 2) × K_(s)′ 1) C(M, 2) × K_(s)′ and/or and/or 2) C (M, 2) × 2 × K_(s)′ 2) N_(s) ×K_(S) + C (M, 2) × 2 × K_(s)′ A2-1. 1) N_(s) × K_(S) + C (M, 2)and/or 1) N_(s) × K_(S) + C (M, 2) and/or 2) N_(s) × K_(S) + C (M, 2) ×2 2) N_(s) × K_(S) + C (M, 2) × 2 A2-2. 1) N_(s) × K_(S) + C (M, 2)and/or 1) N_(s) × K_(S) + C (M, 2) and/or 2) N_(s) × K_(S) + C (M, 2) ×2 2) N_(s) × K_(S) + C (M, 2) × 2 A3-1. 1) N_(s) × K_(S) + 1 and/or 1)N_(s) × K_(S) + 1 and/or 2) N_(s) × K_(S) + 2 2) N_(s) × K_(S) + 2A3-2. 1) N_(s) × K_(S) + 1 and/or 1) N_(s) × K_(S) + 1 and/or 2) N_(s) ×K_(S) + 2 2) N_(s) × K_(S) + 2

In Table 26, N_(s) means the number of RSSs (resource set) correspondingto one reporting setting (or trigger state) (for a CSI feedbackconsidering multi-TRP transmission), respectively. K_(s) means thenumber of all resources included in one resource set. C(M,2) representsthe number of combinations that 2 RSSs are selected for all RSSs (e.g.,M RSSs). Here, 2 is just an example, and it is not limited thereto, andmay be generalized to N. K_(s)′ represents the number of resourcesincluded in one RSS. In Table 26, for convenience, it is assumed thatthe number of resources in a RSS is the same as K_(s)′ for all RSSs, buta case in which the number is differently defined may be alsoconsidered.

Hereinafter, each case is described by referring to Table 26.

A1-1: When all possible CRI combinations for a different RSS arecomputed and here, an operation is performed by independently changing aRI/a PMI, etc. in a resource of each RSS (and/or when each CRIcombination in each RSS combination is computed and an operation isperformed by independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in each resource)

A1-2: When a specific CRI combination for a different RSS (e.g., acombination with a one-to-one corresponding relation, first-first,second-second, . . . ) is computed and here, an operation is performedby independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in a resource of each RSS(and/or when each CRI combination in each RSS combination (a CRIcombination is limited based on a specific rule) is computed and anoperation is performed by independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. ineach resource)

A2-1: When all possible CRI combinations for a different RSS arecomputed, but after selecting a specific CRI combination for a differentRSS combination (e.g., CSI assuming a single TRP may be used forselection), an operation is performed by independently changing a RI/aPMI, etc. in a selected resource of each RSS for a different RSScombination (and/or when an operation is performed by independentlychanging a RI/a PMI, etc. in each resource for a selected CRIcombination in each RSS combination (e.g., by single TRP CSI(s))

A2-2: When a specific CRI combination for a different RSS (e.g., acombination with a one-to-one corresponding relation, first-first,second-second, . . . ) is computed, but after selecting a specific CRIcombination for a different RSS combination (e.g., CSI assuming a singleTRP may be used for selection), an operation is performed byindependently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in a selected resource of eachRSS for a different RSS combination (when an operation is performed byindependently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in each resource for a selectedCRI combination in each RSS combination (a CRI combination is limitedbased on a specific rule) (e.g., by single TRP CSI(s))

A3-1: When all possible CRI combinations for a different RSS arecomputed, but after selecting a specific CRI combination for all RSSs(e.g., CSI assuming a single TRP may be used for selection), anoperation is performed by independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in aresource of each RSS (and/or when an operation is performed byindependently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in each resource in each RSS fora specific RSS combination selected based on a selected CRI combination)

A3-2: When a specific CRI combination for a different RSS (e.g., acombination with a one-to-one corresponding relation, first-first,second-second, . . . ) is computed, but after selecting a specific CRIcombination for all RSSs (e.g., CSI assuming a single TRP may be usedfor selection), an operation is performed by independently changing aRI/a PMI, etc. in a resource of each RSS (and/or when an operation isperformed by independently changing a RI/a PMI, etc. in each resource ineach RSS for a specific RSS combination selected based on a selected CRIcombination (a CRI combination is limited based on a specific rule)(e.g., by single TRP CSI(s))

B1: When a hypothesis on single TRP transmission is considered

B2: When a hypothesis on single TRP transmission is not considered

In the proposal, for convenience of a description, each case (e.g.,A1-1/A1-2/A2-1/A2-2/A3-1/A3-2/B1/B2) is classified, but the number ofspecific CPUs may be applied without a restriction on the case.

In addition to the proposal, and/or in addition to the existing CPUdefinition, and/or the following proposal may be consideredunilaterally.

-   -   When CSI of a M-TRP is simultaneously computed, CPU occupancy is        assumed as a M-CPU. The ‘M-CPU’ may mean a method of the        above-proposed A1-1/A1-2/A2-1/A2-2/A3-1/A3-2/B1/B2.    -   When a sum of ranks is equal to or greater than a specific value        (e.g., 4), CPU occupancy is assumed as 2. It may mean that it is        defined as a double value compared with a method of the        above-proposed A1-1/A1-2/A2-1/A2-2/A3-1/A3-2/B1/B2 and/or it is        defined as a double value compared with the existing CPU        definition. (It may be equally applied in the following        proposal.)    -   When a size of a bandwidth (BW) configured as a CSI report or a        size of a sub-band (SB) is equal to or greater than a specific        number, CPU occupancy is assumed as 2. It may mean that it is        defined as a double value compared with a method of the        above-proposed A1-1/A1-2/A2-1/A2-2/A3-1/A3-2/B1/B2 and/or it is        defined as a double value compared with the existing CPU        definition.    -   In BM report, CPU occupancy is assumed as the number of TRPs.        The ‘BM report’ may mean a case in which reportQuantity of        CSI-ReportConfig is configured as a value including        cri-RSRP/ssb-Index-RSRP/cri-SINR/ssb-Index-SINR, etc. ‘The        number of TRPs’ may correspond to the number of resource sets in        a resource setting. Alternatively, each TRP may be classified        according to information on a CORESET group (or a CORESET pool)        (e.g., an index, an identifier (ID)) and the ‘number of TRPs’        may correspond to the number of CORESET groups (pools)/the        number of CORESET group IDs/the number of CORESET pool indexes.

When the number of CRI candidate values is greater than the number ofresources for CM in N CPU computation, a terminal may recognize it asCSI reporting for a mTRP (i.e., multiple TRP) CSI feedback.

When the number of CRI candidate values is greater than the number ofresources for CM in N CPU computation, a terminal may recognize it asCSI reporting for a mTRP (i.e., multiple TRP) CSI feedback.

TS38.214 defines a priority rule for CSI reporting to determine whichCSI will be fed back when a channel/a resource for a CSI feedback isoverlapped/collides. The following Table 27 illustrates part of adescription on a priority rule defined in standards.

TABLE 27 CSI reporting is associated with a priority value, Pri_(iCSI)(y, k, c, s) = 2 · N_(cells) · M_(s) · y + N_(cells) · M_(s) · k + M_(s)· c + s. Here, y = 0 for aperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH,y = 1 for semi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH, y = 2for semi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH and y = 3 forperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH; K = 0 for CSI reportingwhich carries L1-RSRP or L1-SINR and k = 1 for CSI reporting which doesnot carry L1-RSRP or L1- SINR; c is a serving cell index and N_(cells)is a value of a higher layer parameter, maxNrofServingCells; s isreportConfigID and M_(s) is a value of a higher layer parameter,maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations. When a value of Pri_(iCSI) (y, k, c, s)for first CSI reporting is lower than a value for second CSI reporting,first CSI reporting is preferred over second CSI reporting. When timeoccupancy of a physical channel scheduled to carry CSI reporting isoverlapped in at least one OFDM symbol and is transmitted in the samecarrier, it means that 2 CSI reporting collide. When UE is configured totransmit 2 colliding CSI reporting, the following rule is appliedexcepting a case in which a y value of any one is 2 and another y valueis 3 if y values are different between 2 CSI reporting: CSI reportingwith a higher Pri_(iCSI) (y, k, c, s) value is not transmitted by UE.Otherwise, 2 CSI reporting are multiplexed or any one of them is droppedbased on the priority values.

In addition to the definition, when CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission is introduced, a lot of information may be includedcompared with the existing defined CSI, so a new priority rule may bedefined by reflecting it. The following represents a proposal for apriority rule which may be newly defined and an example which applies aproposal based on a priority rule defined in current standards.

The ‘CSI considering multi-TRP transmission’ may be referred to as MTRPCSI and may be configured to a terminal through reportQuantity ofCSI-ReportConfig. In addition, the ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may be defined as a value including (joint)cri/RI/PMI/CQI/LI/RSRP/SINR, etc. And/or the ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may mean/include a case in which beam/RS pair informationis configured. And/or the ‘CSI considering multi-TRP transmission’ maymean/include a case in which a plurality of resource sets (for CM) areconfigured in a resource setting. And/or the ‘CSI considering multi-TRPtransmission’ may mean/include a case in which a plurality of CSI setsare configured to be reported. CSI opposite to the MTRP CSI may bereferred to as STRP CSI (i.e., single TRP CSI), which may mean CSIdefined previously.

A1. MTRP CSI may be defined as a higher priority than STRP CSI. Thehigher priority may mean that when a channel/a resource for a CSIfeedback is overlapped/collides, it may be preferentially transmitted.In addition, CSI for BM (beam management) (e.g., for L1-RSRP/L1-SINR)may be defined as the highest priority regardless of MTRP CSI/STRP CSI.For example, a priority may be defined in an order of CSI for BM (forMTRP/STRP CSI)>MTRP CSI (for non-BM)>STRP CSI (for non-BM). A reason whyCSI for BM is defined as the highest priority is that communication maybe impossible due to signal quality degradation when BM fails between abase station and a terminal. Accordingly, BM may be smoothly performedby defining CSI for BM as the highest priority. Meanwhile, a reason whyMTRP CSI should be defined as a higher priority than STRP CSI is asfollows. A base station should transmit a CSI-RS corresponding to adifferent TRP to a terminal to compute MTRP CSI. In addition, a terminalshould compute (joint) CSI by using corresponding RSs, so morecomplexity/batteries may be required compared with STRP CSI.Accordingly, as CSI is generated based on a lot of resources andcomplexity of a terminal, it may be desirable to transmit itpreferentially. In addition, because channel information correspondingto a different TRP may be considered to be already included in joint CSIitself, an effect of reporting STRP CSI corresponding to each TRP may beobtained by reporting MTRP CSI to a base station.

The following Table 28 represents an example in which the proposal isapplied to current standards. Specifically, Pri_(iCSI)(y,k,c,s) may berepresented as follows and for k=1 (e.g., MTRP CSI (for non-BM)) and fork=2 (e.g., STRP CSI (for non-BM)), i.e., based on a priority of MTRPCSI/STRP CSI, a value of k may be configured. For example, a priority ofeach CSI may be in inverse proportion to a value of k. In other words,as a priority is higher, a value of k related to (for) CSI may besmaller.

TABLE 28 CSI reporting is associated with a priority value, Pri_(iCSI)(y, k, c, s) = 3 · N_(cells) · M_(s) · y + N_(cells) · M_(s) · k + M_(s)· c + s. Here, y = 0 for aperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH,y = 1 for semi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH, y = 2for semi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH and y = 3 forperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH; k = 0 for CSI reportingwhich carries L1-RSRP or L1-SINR, k = 1 for CSI reporting which does notcarry L1-RSRP or L1-SINR, k = 2 for STRP CSI reporting which does notcarry L1-RSRP or L1- SINR; c is a serving cell index and N_(cells) is avalue of a higher layer parameter, maxNrofServingCells; s isreportConfigID and M_(s) is a value of a higher layer parameter,maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations.

A2. For MTRP CSI and STRP CSI, CSI for BM may be defined, respectively.And, CSI for BM may be defined as a higher priority compared with CSIfor non-BM and MTRP CSI may be defined as a higher priority comparedwith STRP CSI. In this case, a priority may be defined in an order ofMTRP CSI for BM>STRP CSI for BM>MTRP CSI for non-BM>STRP CSI for non-BM.A reason and an effect are the same as described in the A1. As CSI forBM is classified into MTRP CSI and STRP CSI, it may have an advantage togive a higher priority to MTRP CSI. The following Table 26 represents anexample in which the proposal is applied to current standards.Specifically, Pri_(iCSI)(y,k,c,s) may be represented as follows, and fork=0 (e.g., MTRP CSI for BM), for k=1 (e.g., STRP CSI for BM), for k=2(e.g., MTRP CSI for non-BM), for k=3 (e.g., STRP CSI for non-BM), it maybe described as follows. In other words, a value of k may be configuredbased on a priority determined based on whether of MTRP/STRP andcontents of CSI (e.g., whether of CSI for BM or other CSI). For example,a priority of each CSI may be in inverse proportion to a value of k. Inother words, as a priority is higher, a value of k related to (for) CSImay be smaller

Table 29 represents an example in which a proposal of the presentdisclosure is applied based on a priority rule defined in currentstandards.

TABLE 29 CSI reportingis associated with apriority value, Pri_(iCSI) (y,k, c, s) = 4 · N_(cells) · M_(s) · y + N_(cells) · M_(s) · k + M_(s) ·c + s. Here, y = 0 for aperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH, y= 1 for semi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUSCH, y = 2 forsemi-persistent CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH and y = 3 forperiodic CSI reporting transmitted in a PUCCH; k = 0 for MTRP CSIreporting which carries L1-RSRP or L1- SINR, k = 1 for STRP CSIreporting which carries L1-RSRP or L1- SINR, k = 2 for MTRP CSIreporting which does not carry L1-RSRP or L1-SINR, k = 3 for STRP CSIreporting which does not carry L1-RSRP or L1-SINR; c is a serving cellindex and N_(cells) is a value of a higher layer parameter,maxNrofServingCells; s is reportConfigID and M_(s) is a value of ahigher layer parameter, maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations.

Meanwhile, an example of the Table 28 or Table 29 corresponds to oneexample for applying a proposal and it is not limited to the onlyexample for applying a proposal. Accordingly, other examples which maybe applied to standards may be possible based on a proposal.

For example, a priority may be determined based on whether of MTRP CSIor STRP CSI/contents of CSI (e.g., cri/RI/PMI/CQI/LI/RSRP/SINR)/thenumber of MTRPs associated with CSI, etc.

Meanwhile, it is assumed that MTRP CSI has a higher priority than STRPCSI regarding the proposed priority rule, but a technical scope of thepresent disclosure is not limited thereto. STRP CSI may be also definedto have a higher priority than MTRP CSI. As STRP CSI may have a moreaccurate value than MTRP CSI in terms of a single TRP, there may be anenvironment where STRP CSI is preferred. Accordingly, for such a case,STRP CSI may be defined to have a higher priority than MTRP CSI. In thiscase, for example, an example on a priority of the above-described A1may be defined in an order of CSI for BM (for MTRP/STRP CSI)>STRP CSI(for non-BM)>MTRP CSI (for non-BM). For example, an example on apriority of the above-described A2 may be defined in an order of STRPCSI for BM>MTRP CSI for BM>STRP CSI for non-BM>MTRP CSI for non-BM.

For example, the above-described priority rule may be pre-definedbetween a base station (or a TRP) and a terminal or a base station (or aTRP) may indicate a configuration related to the above-describedpriority rule to a terminal.

A CSI set is defined while describing the proposal, and for convenienceof a description, a CSI set is explicitly classified, but each CSI setmay not be explicitly classified when reporting CSI. An operation, etc.that reporting values which may configure a different CSI set (orreporting values which have a mutual mapping relation and are defined asa pair (e.g., RI1-PMI1- . . . , RI2-PMI2- . . . , etc.)) are reportedtogether by corresponding to one reporting setting may be defined.

Embodiments described in the above-described proposal 1, proposal 2,etc. may be independently applied or may be applied together as acombination of a plurality of embodiments.

Proposals and embodiments described in the proposal 1, proposal 2, etc.assume that a different TRP may be classified in a resource unit or maybe classified in a resource set unit. Meanwhile, it may be also possibleto classify a TRP in a resource setting unit. In this case, it ispossible to apply proposals defined in a resource group unit in a singleresource set which may mean a TRP unit in proposal 1 by extending themin a resource setting unit. In addition, it is possible to applyproposals defined in a resource set unit in a single resource settingwhich may mean a TRP unit in proposal 2 by extending them in a resourcesetting unit.

Hereinafter, a SINR computation method considering multi-TRPtransmission is described.

Based on the example of FIG. 16 , when multi-TRP transmission isconsidered, a reception signal of a terminal is the same as in theabove-described Equation 3.

For a reception signal of the terminal, H¹ _(Nrx×N1,tx), H²_(NRx×N2,tx), H^(1,intf) _(Nrx×N1,intf), H^(2,intf) _(Nrx×N2,intf) maygenerate an estimated value of a terminal through a NZP CSI-RS for CMfrom TRP 1, a NZP CSI-RS for CM from TRP 2, a NZP CSI-RS for IM from TRP1, a NZP CSI-RS for IM from TRP 2 and CSI-IM for IM. An estimated valuefor the each channel may be defined as in the following Equation 18.Ĥ ¹ _(N) _(rx) _(×N) _(1,tx) ,Ĥ ² _(N) _(rx) _(×N) _(2,tx) ,Ĥ ^(1,intf)_(N) _(rx) _(×N) _(1,intf) ,Ĥ ^(2,intf) _(N) _(rx) _(×N) _(2,intf) ,Î_(N) _(rx) _(×1)  [Equation 18]

A SINR which considers multi-TRP transmission (e.g., for NCJT) may bedefined as in the following Equation 19 based on an estimated value ofthe channel and two PMIs selected by a terminal. In Equation 19, a tracemay mean a sum of diagonal elements of a matrix and a sum may mean a sumof sizes of all elements of a matrix.

$\begin{matrix}{{SINR}_{NCJT} = \frac{S_{1} + S_{2}}{\begin{matrix}{I_{1,{{Ly}1}} + I_{1,{{NCJT}2}} + I_{2,{{Ly}2}} + I_{2,{{NCJT}1}} + I_{1,{{MU}1}} + I_{1,{{MU}2}} +} \\{I_{2,{{MU}1}} + I_{2,{{MU}2}} + I_{intf} + N}\end{matrix}}} & \left\lbrack {{Equation}19} \right\rbrack\end{matrix}$Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, ly))^(eff, 1) = Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, tx))¹W_(N_(1, tx) × N_(1, ly))¹Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, ly))^(eff, 2) = Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, tx))²W_(N_(2, tx) × N_(2, ly))²S₁ = trace((Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, ly))^(eff, 1))^(H)Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, ly))^(eff, 1))S₂ = trace((Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, ly))^(eff, 2))^(H)Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, ly))^(eff, 2))I_(1, Ly1) = sum((Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, ly))^(eff, 1))^(H)Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, ly))^(eff, 1)) − S₁I_(2, Ly2) = sum((Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, ly))^(eff, 2))^(H)Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, ly))^(eff, 2)) − S₂I_(1, NCJT2) = sum(((Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, ly))^(eff, 2))^(H)Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, ly))^(eff, 1))I_(2, NCJT1) = sum(((Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, ly))^(eff, 1))^(H)Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, ly))^(eff, 2))I_(1, MU1) = sum((Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, intf))^(1, intf))^(H)Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, ly))^(eff, 1))I_(1, MU2) = sum((Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, intf))^(2, intf))^(H)Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, ly))^(eff, 1))I_(2, MU1) = sum((Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(1, intf))^(1, intf))^(H)Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, ly))^(eff, 2))I_(2, MU2) = sum((Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, intf))^(2, intf))^(H)Ĥ_(N_(rx) × N_(2, ly))^(eff, 2))I_(intf) = (Î_(N_(rx) × 1))^(H)Î_(N_(rx) × 1) N : noisevariance

Hereinafter, proposals related to multi-TRP beam reporting improvementare described.

In methods proposed in the present disclosure, DL MTRP-URLLC means thatmultiple TRPs transmit the same data/DCI by using a differentlayer/time/frequency resource. For example, TRP 1 transmits the samedata/DCI in resource 1 and TRP 2 transmits the same data/DCI in resource2. UE configured with a DL MTRP-URLLC transmission method receives thesame data/DCI by using a different layer/time/frequency resource. Here,UE is indicated which QCL RS/type (i.e., a DL TCI (state)) should beused in a layer/time/frequency resource receiving the same data/DCI froma base station. For example, when the same data/DCI is received inresource 1 and resource 2, a DL TCI state used in resource 1 and a DLTCI state used in resource 2 may be indicated. UE may achieve highreliability because it receives the same data/DCI through resource 1 andresource 2. Such DL MTRP URLLC may be applied to a PDSCH/a PDCCH.

Conversely, UL MTRP-URLLC means that multiple TRPs receive the samedata/UCI from UE by using a different layer/time/frequency resource. Forexample, TRP 1 receives the same data/DCI from UE in resource 1 and TRP2 receives the same data/DCI from UE in resource 2 and shares receiveddata/DCI through a backhaul link connected between TRPs. UE configuredwith a UL MTRP-URLLC transmission method transmits the same data/UCI byusing a different layer/time/frequency resource. Here, UE is indicatedwhich Tx beam and which Tx power (i.e., a UL TCI state) should be usedin a layer/time/frequency resource transmitting the same data/DCI from abase station. For example, when the same data/UCI is received inresource 1 and resource 2, a UL TCI state used in resource 1 and a ULTCI state used in resource 2 may be indicated. Such UL MTRP URLLC may beapplied to a PUSCH/a PUCCH.

In addition, in methods proposed in the present disclosure, when aspecific TCI state (or a TCI) is used (/mapped) in receivingdata/DCI/UCI for any frequency/time/space resource, it may mean that aDL estimates a channel from a DMRS by using a QCL type and a QCL RSindicated by a corresponding TCI state in that frequency/time/spaceresource and receives/demodulates data/DCI to an estimated channel. Itmay mean that an UL transmits/modulates a DMRS and data/UCI by using aTx beam and/or Tw power indicated by a corresponding TCI state in thatfrequency/time/space resource.

The UL TCI state has Tx beam and/or Tx power information of UE andspatial relation information, etc. instead of a TCI state may beconfigured to UE through other parameter. An UL TCI state may bedirectly indicated to UL grant DCI or may mean spatial relationinformation of a SRS resource indicated by a SRI (SRS resourceindicator) field of UL grant DCI. Alternatively, it may mean an OL (openloop) Tx power control parameter connected to a value indicated by a SRIfield of UL grant DCI (j: an index for open loop parameter Po and a (upto 32 parameter value sets per cell), q_d: an index of a DL RS resourcefor PL (pathloss) measurement (measurement of up to 4 per cell), l: aclosed loop power control process index (up to 2 processes per cell)).

On the other hand, it is assumed that MTRP-eMBB means that multiple TRPstransmit other data by using a different layer/time/frequency, UEconfigured with a MTRP-eMBB transmission method is indicated multipleTCI states with DCI and data received by using a QCL RS of each TCIstate is different data.

In addition, whether of MTRP URLLC transmission/reception or MTRP eMBBtransmission/reception may be understood by UE by separately classifyinga RNTI for MTRP-URLLC and a RNTI for MTRP-eMBB and using them. In otherwords, when CRC masking of DCI is performed by using a RNTI for URLLC,it is considered as URLLC transmission and when CRC masking of DCI isperformed by using a RNTI for eMBB, it is considered as eMBBtransmission. Alternatively, a base station may configure MTRP URLLCtransmission/reception or may configure MTRP eMBB transmission/receptionto UE through other new signaling.

In the present disclosure, for convenience of a description, a proposalis applied by assuming cooperative transmission/reception between 2TRPs, but it may be extended and applied in 3 or more multi-TRPenvironments and it may be also extended and applied in multi-panelenvironments. A different TRP may be recognized by UE as a different TCIstate and when UE receives/transmits data/DCI/UCI by using TCI state 1,it means that data/DCI/UCI is received/transmitted from/to TRP 1.

A proposal of the present disclosure may be utilized in a situationwhere MTRP cooperatively transmits a PDCCH (the same PDCCH isrepetitively or partitively transmitted) and some proposals may beutilized even in a situation where MTRP cooperatively transmits a PDSCHor cooperatively receives a PUSCH/a PUCCH.

In addition, in the present disclosure, when a plurality of basestations (i.e., MTRP) repetitively transmit the same PDCCH, it may meanthe same DCI is transmitted by a plurality of PDCCH candidates and itmeans that a plurality of base stations repetitively transmit the sameDCI. The same DCI may mean two DCI with the same DCIformat/size/payload. Alternatively, although two DCI have a differentpayload, it may be considered the same DCI when a scheduling result isthe same. For example, a TDRA (time domain resource allocation) field ofDCI relatively determines a slot/symbol position of data and aslot/symbol position of A/N (ACK/NACK) based on a reception time of DCI,and if DCI received at a time of n and DCI received at a time of n+1represent the same scheduling result to UE, a TDRA field of two DCI isdifferent, and consequentially, a DCI payload is different. R, thenumber of repetitions, may be directly indicated or mutually promised bya base station to UE. Alternatively, although a payload of two DCI isdifferent and a scheduling result is not the same, it may be consideredthe same DCI when a scheduling result of one DCI is a subset of ascheduling result of other DCI. For example, when the same data isrepetitively transmitted N times through TDM, DCI 1 received beforefirst data indicates N data repetitions and DCI 2 received after firstdata and before second data indicates N−1 data repetitions. Schedulingdata of DCI 2 becomes a subset of scheduling data of DCI 1 and two DCIis scheduling for the same data, so in this case, it may be consideredthe same DCI.

In addition, in the present disclosure, when a plurality of basestations (i.e., MTRP) partitively transmit the same PDCCH, it means thatone DCI is transmitted by one PDCCH candidate and some resources thatthat PDCCH candidate is defined are transmitted by TRP 1 and remainingresources are transmitted by TRP 2.

In addition, in the present disclosure, when UE repetitively transmitsthe same PUSCH so that a plurality of base stations (i.e., MTRP) canreceive it, it may mean that the same data is transmitted by a pluralityof PUSCHs, and each PUSCH may be optimized for an UL channel of adifferent TRP and transmitted. For example, UE repetitively transmitsthe same data through PUSCH 1 and 2 and PUSCH 1 performs transmission byusing UL TCI state 1 for TRP 1 and link adaptation such as aprecoder/MCS, etc. also performs transmission by a scheduled value whichis optimized for a channel of TRP 1. PUSCH 2 performs transmission byusing UL TCI state 2 for TRP 2 and link adaptation such as aprecoder/MCS, etc. also performs transmission by a scheduled value whichis optimized for a channel of TRP 2. PUSCH 1 and 2 which arerepetitively transmitted in this case may be transmitted at a differenttime to be time division multiplexed (TDM), frequency divisionmultiplexed (FDM), spatial division multiplexed (SDM).

In addition, in the present disclosure, when UE partitively transmitsthe same PUSCH so that a plurality of base stations (i.e., MTRP) willreceive it, it means that one data is transmitted by one PUSCH, but aresource allocated to that PUSCH may be partitioned to optimize andtransmit it to an UL channel of a different TRP. For example, UEtransmits the same data through 10 symbol PUSCHs, transmits 5 previoussymbols by using UL TCI state 1 for TRP 1 and also transmits linkadaptation such as a precoder/MCS, etc. by a scheduled value which isoptimized for a channel of TRP 1. Remaining 5 symbols are transmitted byusing UL TCI state 2 for TRP 2 and link adaptation such as aprecoder/MCS, etc. is also transmitted by a scheduled value which isoptimized for a channel of TRP 2. In the example, transmission for TRP 1and transmission for TRP 2 are time division multiplexed (TDM) bydividing one PUSCH into time resources, but it may be transmitted byother FDM/SDM method.

Similar to PUSCH transmission, UE may repetitively transmit orpartitively transmit the same PUCCH so that a plurality of base stations(i.e., MTRP) can receive a PUCCH.

A proposal of the present disclosure may be extended and applied to avariety of channels such as a PUSCH/a PUCCH/a PDSCH/a PDCCH, etc.

UE may have 2 Rx panels which may simultaneously receive two beams toreceive a MTRP PDSCH. For example, UE receives data 1 transmitted fromTRP 1 by using panel/beam 1 and at the same time, receives data 2transmitted from TRP 2 by using panel/beam 2. Here, data 1 may beeffectively received only when a beam of TRP 1 received by panel 1should have high reception strength and a beam of TRP 2 should have lowreception strength and data 2 may be effectively received only when abeam of TRP 2 received by panel 2 should have high reception strengthand a beam of TRP 1 should have low reception strength.

UE reports reception strength information on candidate beams of TRP 1and candidate beams of TRP 2 to a base station (it is referred to asbeam reporting) and a base station performs MTRP PDSCH transmission byselecting a beam of TRP 1 and a beam of TRP 2 based on it. For example,when a beam candidate that TRP 1 may be transmitted (i.e., atransmission BM (beam management)-RS of TRP 1) is NZP CSIRS 1, 2 (1port, respectively) and a beam candidate that TRP 2 may be transmitted(i.e., a transmission BM (beam management)-RS of TRP 2) is NZP CSIRS 3,4 (1 port, respectively), a base station may determine which combinationof two beam candidates of TRP 1 corresponding to NZP CSIRS 1, 2 and twobeam candidates of TRP 2 corresponding to NZP CSIRS 3, 4 will beeffective for MTRP PDSCH transmission. To this end, UE may performL1-SINR beam reporting using NZP CSIRS 1, 2, 3, 4.

UE may perform beam reporting as follows so that a base station caneffectively configure a beam of TRP 1 and a beam of TRP 2.

L1 SINR beam reporting configured for UE may be configured as follows.All (CMR (channel measurement resource), IMR (interference measurementresource)) pair combinations for beam candidates (e.g., BM (beammanagement)-RS, NZP CSIRS) may be configured. For convenience of adescription, a case in which NZP CSIRS 1/2/3/4 are a beam candidate forMTRP transmission is assumed. But such an assumption does not limit atechnical scope of the present disclosure.

(CMR, IMR)={(NZP CSIRS 1, NZP CSIRS 3), (NZP CSIRS 1, NZP CSIRS 4), (NZPCSIRS 2, NZP CSIRS 3), (NZP CSIRS 2, NZP CSIRS 4), (NZP CSIRS 3, NZPCSIRS 1), (NZP CSIRS 3, NZP CSIRS 2), (NZP CSIRS 4, NZP CSIRS 1), (NZPCSIRS 4, NZP CSIRS 2)}

UE is configured to report a L1 SINR for the 8 (CMR, IMR) pairs and UEreports a value of 8 L1 SINRs corresponding to each CMR, IMR pair. Abase station that a value of a L1 SINR is reported finds pair i and jwith argmax_(ij)(L1-SINR_(ij)+L1-SINR_(ji)). Here, L1-SINR_(ij) means aSINR measured with (CMR, IMR)=(NZP CSIRS i, NZP CSIRS j). Alternatively,i and j may be found withargmax_(ij)(tput(L1-SINR_(ij))+tput(L1-SINR_(ji))). tput(L1-SINR) meansa transmittable throughput for a L1-SINR and for example, it may meanlog(1+L1-SINR). Alternatively, i and j were found by a simple sum of aL1-SINR or tput in the Equation, but besides, i and j which maximize theminimum value of L1-SINR_(ij) and L1-SINR_(ji) may be found. Inaddition, i and j which maximize the minimum value of tput(L1-SINR_(ij))and tput(L1-SINR_(ji)) may be found. This method has a disadvantage thata beam reporting overhead is large.

Hereinafter, in a description, for convenience of a description, a casein which NZP CSIRS 1/2/3/4 are a beam candidate for MTRP transmission(e.g., a BM-RS, a NZP CSIRS) is assumed. But such an assumption does notlimit a technical scope of the present disclosure.

<Method 1>

L1 SINR beam reporting configured for UE may be configured as follows. A(CMR, IMR) pair may be configured by configuring a NZP CSIRS for aspecific TRP as CMR and configuring a NZP CSIRS for other TRP as IMRamong beam candidates (e.g., a BM-RS, a NZP CSIRS). The followingexample is an example in which a NZP CSIRS for TRP 1 (e.g., NZP CSIRS1/2) is configured as CMR and a NZP CSIRS for TPR 2 (e.g., NZP CSIRS3/4) is configured as IMR.

(CMR, IMR)={(NZP CSIRS 1, NZP CSIRS 3), (NZP CSIRS 1, NZP CSIRS 4), (NZPCSIRS 2, NZP CSIRS 3), (NZP CSIRS 2, NZP CSIRS 4)}

UE may compute L1-SINR_(ij) by applying a reception beam (i.e., QCL typeD) of NZP CSIRS i (i.e., CMR) to CMR and IMR for the (NZP CSIRS i, NZPCSIRS j). And, in addition, L1-SINRR_(ij)′ is found by applying areception beam/panel (i.e, QCL type D) of NZP CSIRS j (i.e., IMR) to CMRand IMR. As a result, L1-SINR_(ij)′ means a SINR value when receivingdata of TRP 1 by using a reception beam/panel used when receiving datafrom TRP 2. In other words, it means that as a value of L1-SINR_(ij)′ issmaller, a reception SINR is larger when receiving data from TRP 2 andthat as a value of L1-SINR_(ij)′ is larger, a reception SINR is largerwhen receiving data from TRP 1.

UE reports the best N L1-SINR the same as before (the best N L1-SINRmeans N L1-SINRs with the largest value, reports a i, j paircorresponding to it to CRI and reports a value of L1-SINR). And, UEadditionally reports the worst N L1-SINR′ (i.e., N L1-SINR's with thesmallest value). The best N L1-SINR_(ij) indicates the best beam pair i,j in order when receiving data of TP 1 with a Rx beam in a TP 1direction and the worst N L1-SINR_ij′ indicates the worst beam pair i, jin order when receiving data of TP 1 with a Rx beam in a TP 2 direction.Alternatively, an UL resource may be saved by indicating only a i, jpair corresponding to the worst N L1-SINR_(ij)′ without reporting avalue of L1-SINR_(ij)′.

(L1-SINR_(ij)′)−1 is the same as L1-SINR_(ji). Accordingly, the best N(L1-SINR_(ij)′)−1 instead of the worst N L1-SINR_(ij)′ may be reported.In this case, (L1-SINR_(ij)′)−1 has an advantage that a quantizationtable for reporting the existing L1-SINR value may be used as it is.Alternatively, a differential value between L1-SINR_(ij) and(L1-SINR′)−1 instead of a (L1-SINR_(ij)′)−1 value may be reported.

Alternatively, the best N L1-SINR_(ij) may be reported and a value ofL1-SINR_(ij)′ and L1-SINR_(ij)′−1 corresponding to that ij may bereported together.

Alternatively, UE finds the best N (i, j) pair with largeL1-SINR_(ij)+(L1-SINR_(ij)′)−1 and reports L1-SINR_(ij) or(L1-SINR_(ij)′)−1 corresponding to it or a sum of both. Alternatively,UE finds the best N (i, j) pair with largetput(L1-SINR_(ij))+tput((L1-SINR_(ij)′)−1) and reports L1-SINR_(ij) or(L1-SINR_(ij)′)−1 corresponding to it or a sum of both. Alternatively, iand j were found by a simple sum of a L1-SINR or tput in the Equation,but besides, i and j which maximize the minimum value of L1-SINRij and(L1-SINR_(ij)′)−1 may be found. i and j which maximize the minimum valueof tput(L1-SINR_(ij)) and tput((L1-SINR_(ij)′)−1) may be found andreported and L1-SINR_(ij) or (L1-SINR_(ij)′)−1 corresponding to it or asum of both may be reported.

<Method 2>

L1 SINR beam reporting configured for UE may be configured as follows. A(CMR, IMR) pair may be configured by configuring a NZP CSIRS for aspecific TRP as CMR and configuring a NZP CSIRS for other TRP as IMRamong beam candidates (e.g., a BM-RS, a NZP CSIRS). The followingexample is an example in which a NZP CSIRS for TRP 1 (e.g., NZP CSIRS1/2) is configured as CMR and a NZP CSIRS for TPR 2 (e.g., NZP CSIRS3/4) is configured as IMR.

(CMR, IMR)={(NZP CSIRS 1, NZP CSIRS 3), (NZP CSIRS 1, NZP CSIRS 4), (NZPCSIRS 2, NZP CSIRS 3), (NZP CSIRS 2, NZP CSIRS 4)}

UE computes L1-SINR_(ij) for the (NZP CSIRS i, NZP CSIRS j) andadditionally computes and reports L1-ISNR_(ij). L1-ISNR_(ij) means aninterference to signal plus noise power ratio that measurement power ofIMR is configured as a numerator and measurement power of CMR isconfigured as a denominator by measuring reception power of CMR and IMRfor a reception beam/panel (i.e., QCL type D) of NZP CSIRS j (i.e.,IMR). Accordingly, L1-ISNR_(ij) is L1-SINR_(ji).

UE reports the best N L1-SINR the same as before (the best N L1-SINRmeans N L1-SINRs with the largest value, reports a i and j paircorresponding to it to CRI and reports a value of a L1-SINR) andadditionally, reports the best N L1-ISNR. The best N L1-SINR_(ij)indicates the best beam pair i and j in order when receiving data of TP1 with a Rx beam in a TP 1 direction and the best N L1-ISNR_(ij)indicates the best beam pair i and j in order when receiving data of TP2 with a Rx beam in a TP 2 direction. Alternatively, an UL resource maybe saved by indicating only a i and j pair corresponding to the best NL1-ISNR_(ij) without reporting a value of L1-ISNR_(ij). Alternatively, adifferential value between L1-SINR_(ij) and L1-ISNR_(ij) instead of avalue of L1-ISNR_(ij) may be reported.

Alternatively, the best N L1-SINRij may be reported and a value ofL1-ISNR_(ij) corresponding to that ij may be reported together.

Alternatively, UE finds the best N (i, j) pair with largeL1-SINR_(ij)+(L1-ISNR_(ij)) and reports L1-SINR_(ij) or (L1-ISNR_(ij))corresponding to it or a sum of both. Alternatively, UE finds the best N(i, j) pair with large tput(L1-SINR_(ij))+tput((L1-ISNR_(ij))) andreports L1-SINR_(ij) or (L1-ISNR_(ij)) corresponding to it or a sum ofboth. Alternatively, in the Equation, i and j were found by a simple sumof L1-SINRs or tputs, but besides, i and j which maximize the minimumvalue of L1-SINR_(ij) and (L1-ISNRv) or i and j which maximize theminimum value of tput(L1-SINR_(ij)) and tput((L1-ISNR_(ij))) are foundand reported and L1-SINR_(ij) or (L1-ISNR_(ij)) corresponding to it or asum of both is reported.

<Method 3>

L1 SINR beam reporting configured for UE may be configured as follows.

(CMR, IMR)={Group A (NZP CSIRS 1, NZP CSIRS 3), (NZP CSIRS 3, NZP CSIRS1), Group B (NZP CSIRS 1, NZP CSIRS 4), (NZP CSIRS 4, NZP CSIRS 1),Group C (NZP CSIRS 2, NZP CSIRS 3), (NZP CSIRS 3, NZP CSIRS 2), Group D(NZP CSIRS 2, NZP CSIRS 4), (NZP CSIRS 4, NZP CSIRS 2)}

A base station may group a CMR and IMR pair and configure it to UE. Forexample, Group A may be configured as (NZP CSIRS 1, NZP CSIRS 3), (NZPCSIRS 3, NZP CSIRS 1). UE computes L1-SINR values with a CMR, IMR pairbelonging to the same group. For example, for Group A, L1-SINR₁₃ andL1-SINR₃₁ are computed. UE reports the best N (L1-SINR) group based on aSINR value computed thus. A base station may directly signal groupinginformation or indirectly promise a pair that a resource of CMR and IMRis switched as grouping. For example, as in the above-described example,Group A may directly configure group information as (NZP CSIRS 1, NZPCSIRS 3), (NZP CSIRS 3, NZP CSIRS 1) or may be promised/defined as beinggrouped as a pair by alternating an order of corresponding measuredresources if only a measured resource of a group (e.g., NZP CSIRS 1, NZPCSIRS 3) is configured.

A method of selecting/reporting the best N group is as follows.

First, a L1 SINR value computed by a first (or last) CMR, IMR pair ofeach group is compared to select the best N group with a large value.

Alternatively, UE compares a sum of L1 SINR values computed by a CMR,IMR pair of each group and selects the best N group with a large value.Alternatively, a L1 SINR computed by a CMR, IMR pair of each group issubstituted with tput to find a sum of tput values and select the best Ngroup with a large value. Alternatively, the minimum value of a L1 SINRor tput value computed by a CMR, IMR pair of each group is found toselect the best N group with the largest minimum value.

A L1-SINR corresponding to the Best N Group is reported as the followingvalue.

A L1 SINR value computed by a first (or last) CMR, IMR pair of that BestN group may be reported.

Alternatively, all L1 SINR values computed by a CMR, IMR pair of thatBest N group may be reported. Here, a L1 SINR value of remaining CMR,IMR pairs may be reported as a differential value based on a L1 SINRvalue of a specific one of a plurality of CMR, IMR pairs of the Best Ngroup. For example, a difference of a L1 SINR computed by remaining CMR,IMR pairs of a corresponding group may be reported based on a L1 SINRcomputed by a first CMR, IMR pair of the Best N group.

<Method 4>

L1 SINR beam reporting configured for UE may be configured as follows. A(CMR, IMR) pair may be configured by configuring a NZP CSIRS for aspecific TRP as CMR and configuring a NZP CSIRS for other TRP as IMRamong beam candidates (e.g., a BM-RS, a NZP CSIRS). The followingexample is an example in which a NZP CSIRS for TRP 1 (e.g., NZP CSIRS1/2) is configured as CMR and a NZP CSIRS for TPR 2 (e.g., NZP CSIRS3/4) is configured as IMR.

(CMR, IMR)={(NZP CSIRS 1, NZP CSIRS 3), (NZP CSIRS 1, NZP CSIRS 4), (NZPCSIRS 2, NZP CSIRS 3), (NZP CSIRS 2, NZP CSIRS 4)}

UE computes L1-SINR_(ij) for the (NZP CSIRS i, NZP CSIRS j) andadditionally measures port power of NZP CSIRS j configured as IMR tocompute and report L1-RSRP. (it is referred to as IMR based L1-RSRP)Here, power is measured by applying a reception beam/panel (i.e., QCLtype D) of NZP CSIRS j (i.e., IMR).

UE reports the best N L1-SINR the same as before (the best N L1-SINRmeans N L1-SINRs with the largest value, reports a i and j paircorresponding to it to CRI and reports a value of a L1-SINR) andadditionally reports the best N IMR based L1-RSRP. Alternatively, an ULresource may be saved by indicating only a i and j pair corresponding tothe best N IMR based L1-RSRP without reporting a value of L1-ISNR_(ij).

Alternatively, the best N L1-SINR_(ij) may be reported and a value ofIMR based L1-RSRP corresponding to that ij may be reported together.

Alternatively, i and j which maximize the minimum value of L1-SINR_(ij)and/or IMR based L1-RSRP_(ij) is found to report L1-SINR_(ij) or (IMRbased L1-RSRP_(ij)) corresponding to it. Alternatively, the best NL1-SINR_(ij) is computed and only when a value of IMR based L1-RSRPcorresponding to that ij of the best N L1-SINR_(ij) is equal to orgreater than a specific threshold value, the best N L1-SINR_(ij) isreported.

In the above-described method (proposal 1/2/3/4, etc.), for convenienceof a description, it is described based on CSI/beamcomputation/reporting of TRP 2, but likewise, CSI/BEAM of TRP 1 may bealso computed/reported with an inverse CQI. In addition, for convenienceof a description, it is described based on an operation of 2 TRPs (e.g.,TRP1/TRP 2), but of course, it may be extended to a plurality of TRPoperations.

In the present disclosure, it is described based on a ‘TRP’, but asdescribed above, “TRP” may be applied by being substituted with anexpression such as a panel, a cell, a transmission point (TP), a basestation (gNB, etc.), etc. In addition, as described above, a TRP may beclassified according to information on a CORESET group (or a CORESETpool) (e.g., an index). In an example, when one terminal is configuredto perform transmission and reception with a plurality of TRPs (orcells), it may mean that a plurality of CORESET groups (or CORESETpools) are configured for one terminal. Such a configuration for aCORESET group (or a CORESET pool) may be performed through higher layersignaling (e.g., RRC signaling, etc.). In addition, when a plurality ofCORESET groups are configured for one terminal, a corresponding terminalmay be configured or defined to receive data by using a multi DCI basedM-TRP operation.

Proposal 3: A Method of Defining/Configuring CSI Computation Time forCSI Reporting for Multi-TRP CSI Feedbacks

The following Table 30 shows a definition of CSI computation timedefined in current standards TS38.214.

TABLE 30 When a CSI request field in DCI triggers CSI reporting(s) in aPUSCH, UE provides CSI reporting which is valid for n-th triggeredreporting, If a first UL symbol carrying corresponding CSI reporting(s)including a timing advance effect starts after symbol Z_(ref), and If afirst UL symbol carrying n-th CSI reporting including a timing advanceeffect starts after symbol Z′_(ref)(n), Here, it is defined as asubsequent UL symbol having a CP (cyclic prefix) starting atT_(proc,CSI) = (Z)(2048 + 144) · k2^(-μ) · T_(c) + T_(switch) after alast symbol of a PDCCH triggering CSI reporting(s) ends, and here,Z′ref(n) is defined as a subsequent UL symbol having a CP starting atT′_(proc,CSI) = (Z′)(2048 + 144) · k2^(-μ) · T_(c) after a last symbolat last time of the following ends: When an aperiodic CSI-RS resourcefor channel measurement, aperiodic CSI-IM used for interferencemeasurement, an aperiodic NZP CSI-RS for interference measurement and anaperiodic CSI-RS are used for channel measurement for reporting n-thtriggered CSI, T_(switch) is defined in standards. Z, Z′ and μ aredefined as follows: Z = max_(m=0), . . . , _(M−1)(Z(m)) and Z′ =max_(m=0), . . . , _(M−1)(Z′(m)), and here, M is the number of updatedCSI reporting(s) and (Z(m), Z′(m)) corresponds to m-th updated CSIreporting and is defined as follows. For (Z₁, Z′₁) in Table 31, if CSIis triggered without a PUSCH for a transport block or HARQ-ACK or bothwhen L = 0 CPU(CSI processing unit) is occupied, and if CSI to betransmitted is single CSI and corresponds to broadbandfrequency-granularity, here, CSI corresponds to up to 4 CSI-RS ports ina single resource without CSI reporting and CodebookType is set as‘typeI-SinglePanel’, or reportQuantity is set as ‘cri-RI-CQI’, or For(Z₁, Z′₁) in Table 32, when CSI to be transmitted corresponds tobroadband frequency-granularity, here, CSI corresponds to up to 4 CSI-RSports in a single resource without CSI reporting and CodebookType is setas ‘typeI-SinglePanel’, or reportQuantity is set as ‘cri-RI-CQI’, or For(Z₁, Z′₁) in Table 32, when CSI to be transmitted corresponds tobroadband frequency-granularity, here, reportQuantity is set as‘ssb-Index-SINR’, or reportQuantity is set as ‘cri-SINR’, or For (Z₃,Z′₃) in Table 32, when reportQuantity is set as ‘cri-RSRP’ or‘ssb-Index-RSRP’, here, X_(μ) follows beamReportTiming, a reportedcapability of UE, and KB_(l) follows beamSwitchTiming, a reportedcapability of UE, or For (Z₂, Z′₂) in Table 32, otherwise, μ in Table 31and Table 32 corresponds to min (μ_(PDCCH), μ_(CSI-RS), μ_(UL)) andhere, μ_(PDCCH) corresponds to a subcarrier spacing of a PDCCH that DCIis transmitted, μ_(UL) corresponds to a subcarrier spacing of a PUSCHthat CSI reporting will be transmitted and μ_(CSI-RS) corresponds to theminimum subcarrier spacing of an aperiodic CSI-RS triggered by DCI.

Table 31 illustrates CSI computation delay request 1.

TABLE 31 Z₁ [Symbols] μ Z₁ Z′₁ 0 10 8 1 13 11 2 25 21 3 43 36

Table 32 illustrates CSI computation delay request 2.

TABLE 32 z₁ z₂ z₃ [Symbols] [Symbols] [Symbols] μ z₁ z′₁ z₂ z′₂ z₃ z′₃ 022 16 40 37 22 x₀ 1 33 30 72 69 33 x₁ 2 44 42 141 140 min (44, x₂ x₂ +KB₁) 3 97 85 152 140 min (97, x₃ X₃ + KB₂)

In the Table 30, the CSI computation time assumes a CSI feedbackconsidering a single TRP. However, for a mTRP CSI feedback, terminalcomplexity may increase due to an increase in a hypothesis, etc.Accordingly, for a mTRP CSI feedback, a value of Z, Z′ may be separatelydefined by considering an increase in terminal complexity. Methodstherefor are proposed below.

Proposal 3-1: For CSI reporting for a mTRP CSI feedback, a CSIcomputation time may be defined as follows by considering additionaltime required by a terminal based on a value of a specific parameter(e.g., Z2) related to CSI computation time defined in current standards.

For a value used as a standard in the proposal 3-1, other value definedin current standards except for a value of Z2 may be also used. In otherwords, any one of values defined in current standards may become astandard value.

Table 33 illustrates CSI computation time for a mTRP CSI feedbackaccording to a method proposed in the present disclosure.

TABLE 33 Z₂ [Symbols] μ Z₂ Z′₂ 0  40 + X₁  37 + X′₁ 1  72 + X₂  69 + X′₂2 141 + X₃ 140 + X′₃ 3 152 + X₄ 140 + X′₄

In Table 33, X₁, X₂, X₃, X₄ and X′₁, X′₂, X′₃, X′₄ are an integer equalto or greater than 0 and may be defined by a fixed rule or may beconfigured/indicated to a terminal based on L1/L2 signaling by a basestation and/or a reporting value of a terminal (e.g., an UE capability,etc.) As an example of a fixed rule, all values of X₁, X₂, X₃, X₄ andX′₁, X′₂, X′₃, X′₄ may be defined as 0. In this case, a multi-TRP CSIfeedback may get an effect which applies the maximum value of CSIcomputation time defined in current standards.

In addition, (part or all of) values of X₁, X₂, X₃, X₄ and X′₁, X′₂,X′₃, X′₄ may be defined as the same/a different value. For example,X₁=X′₁, X₂=X′₂, X₃=X′₃, X₄=X′₄ (here, X1≠X₂≠X₃≠X₄).

When the proposal is applied, there is an effect which allows a terminalto process CSI computation with high complexity by defining the minimumvalue as a value equal to or greater than the largest value which iscurrently defined.

Proposal 3-1: Even when condition n is satisfied, for CSI reporting fora multi-TRP CSI feedback, CSI computation time (e.g., Z₂, Z′₂) which islarge compared with a value of Z, Z′ corresponding to condition n may bedefined/configured.

In the above, condition 1 (i.e., 1 is included in n) may mean that acondition corresponding to Z₁, Z′₁ defined in Table 31 is satisfied. Forexample, based on such a proposal, even when condition 1 is satisfied,for CSI reporting for a multi-TRP CSI feedback, it may be defined as avalue larger than Z₁, Z′₁ in Table 31 (e.g., Z₂, Z′₂).

In the above, condition 2 may mean that a condition corresponding to Z₁,Z′₁ defined in Table 32 is satisfied. For example, even when condition 2is satisfied based on such a proposal, for CSI reporting for a multi-TRPCSI feedback, it may be defined as a value larger than Z₁, Z′₁ definedin Table 32 (e.g., Z₂, Z′₂).

In the above, condition 3 may mean that a condition corresponding to Z₃,Z′₃ defined in Table 32 is satisfied. For example, even when condition 3is satisfied based on such a proposal, for CSI reporting for a multi-TRPCSI feedback, it may be defined as a value larger than Z₃, Z′₃ definedin Table 32 (e.g., Z₂, Z′₂).

As an embodiment of the proposal, a condition “it does not correspond toCSI reporting for a multi-TRP (mTRP) CSI feedback” may be additionallyincluded in condition 1 and/or condition 2 and/or condition 3.

Here, “CSI reporting for a mTRP CSI feedback” may mean at least any oneof the following.

1. When reporting quantity includes quantity for a mTRP CSI feedback;and/or

2. A plurality of CSI-RS resources (for channel measurement) (andassociated IMRs) are configured,

2-1. when reporting of a plurality of CRIs, CQIs, and/or RIs isconfigured, and/or

2-2. when reporting of a plurality of PMIs (corresponding to a differentCSI-RS resource) for the same band (e.g., a subband, a wideband) isconfigured, and/or

2-3. when joint CQI reporting (computed by considering channelsestimated for a plurality of CSI-RS resources) for the same band (e.g.,a subband, a wideband) is configured, and/or

3. When it is configured to report CRIs equal to or greater than thenumber of a plurality of CSI-RS resources (for channel measurement)(e.g., LTE CoMP CSI: CMR={CSIRS1, CSIRS2}, CRI={0,1,2}, for CRI=0, jointCQI reporting); and/or

4. When computation dependency between a (CMR, IMR) pair configured forone CSI (CSI1) computation and a (CMR, IMR) pair configured for anotherCSI (CSI2) computation is configured (e.g., when CSI is computed as CMRof CSI1 is used as IMR of CSI2 and CMR of CSI2 is used as IMR of CSI1);and/or

5. For CSI reporting/a terminal indicated/configured/performing aproposed operation related to mTRP beam reporting improvement, it may beconsidered as a terminal reporting L1-RSRP/L1-SINR based on mTRP.Accordingly, when a terminal is configured/indicated to perform aproposed operation related to mTRP beam reporting improvement, aterminal may recognize it as a condition for performing a proposalcorresponding to condition 2 and/or condition 3 (e.g., applying largerCSI computation time); and/or

6. For CSI reporting/a terminal indicated/configured/performing anoperation corresponding to proposal 1/proposal 2 of the presentdisclosure (an operation extended in a resource setting unit may be alsoincluded).

Example 1 to 6 on CSI reporting for the above-described mTRP CSIfeedback may be independently applied or may be applied by combining twoor more examples.

Example 1 to 6 on CSI reporting for the mTRP CSI feedback may beutilized as an operation of a terminal/a condition for distinguishingfrom CSI reporting for a single TRP based CSI feedback defined in aprevious release in the present disclosure.

Proposal 4: A Method of Defining a CSI Reference Resource for CSIReporting for a Multi-MRP (mTRP) CSI Feedback

The following Table 34 shows a definition of a CSI reference resourcedefined in current standards TS38.214.

TABLE 34 A CSI reference resource for a serving cell is defined asfollows: In a frequency domain, a CSI reference resource is defined by agroup of downlink physical resource blocks corresponding to a band towhich derived CSI is related. In a time domain, a CSI reference resourcefor CSI reporting is defined by a single downlink slot n-n_(CSI)_ref inan uplink slot n′, Here, n is floor (n′ · 2^(μDL)/2^(μDL)) (floor (x) isthe maximum integer not greater than x) and μ_(DL) and μ_(UL) are asubcarrier spacing configuration for a DL and an UL, respectively, Here,for periodic and semi-persistent CSI reporting, when a single CSI-RS/SSBresource is configured for channel measurement, n_(CSI)_ref is thesmallest value which is the same as or greater than 4 · 2^(μDL) that aslot n-n_(CSI)_ref corresponds to a valid downlink slot, or whenmultiple CSI-RS/SSB resources are configured for channel measurement,n_(CSI)_ref is the smallest value which is the same as or greater than 5· 2^(μDL) that a slot n-n_(CSI)_ref corresponds to a valid downlinkslot. For aperiodic CSI reporting, when UE is indicated by DCI to reportCSI in the same slot as a CSI request, n_(CSI)_ref is a valuecorresponding in a valid downlink slot that a reference resource is thesame as a corresponding CSI request, and otherwise, n_(CSI)_ref is thesmallest value equal to or greater than floor (Z′/N^(Slot) _(symb)) thata slot n-n_(CSI)_ref corresponds to a valid downlink slot, and here, Z′corresponds to a delay requirement. when a periodic or semi-persistentCSI-RS/CSI-IM or SSB is used for channel/interference measurement, UEdoes not make an entry to measure a channel/interference in aCSI-RS/CSI- IM/SSB that a last OFDM symbol is received to Z′ symbolsbefore transmission time of a first OFDM symbol of aperiodic CSIreporting. A slot in a serving cell is considered as a valid downlinkslot when: A corresponding slot includes a downlink or a flexible symbolconfigured by at least one higher layer, and A corresponding slot doesnot fall in a measurement gap configured for UE. When there is not avalid downlink slot for a CSI reference resource corresponding to a CSIreporting setting in a serving cell, CSI reporting on a serving cell isomitted in an uplink slot n′.

For the periodic (P)/semi-persistent (SP) CSI reporting, a value ofn_(CSI_ref) may be separately defined by considering an increase interminal complexity in case of a mTRP CSI feedback.

Proposal 4-1: When P/SP CSI reporting is configured as a multi-TRP(mTRP) CSI feedback, a value of n_(CSI_ref) for a CSI reference resourcedefinition may be defined as follows. A value of n_(CSI_ref) is thesmallest value which is the same as or greater than X·2^(μ) _(DL) that aslot n-n_(CSI_ref) corresponds to a valid downlink slot.

Hereinafter, an example on the X is described.

1. Option 1: X=5+α

Here, a value of α corresponds to an integer equal to or greater than 0and may be defined by a fixed rule (e.g., α=1) or may beconfigured/indicated to a terminal based on L1/L2 signaling by a basestation and/or a reporting value of a terminal (e.g., an UE capability,etc.). For example, when P/SP CSI reporting is configured as a mTRP CSIfeedback (for multiple CSI-RS/SSB resources), X may be defined as 6.

Alternatively, the value of X itself may be defined by a fixed rule(e.g., X=6). Alternatively, a value of X may be configured/indicated toa terminal based on L1/L2 signaling by a base station and/or a reportingvalue of a terminal (e.g., an UE capability, etc.).

As a value of X is defined as the minimum value equal to or greater thanthe largest value which is currently defined, a terminal may be allowedto process CSI computation with high complexity.

Option 2: When a single CSI-RS/SSB resource is configured for CM to eachTRP, X may be defined as 4+α₁ and when a plurality of CSI-RS/SSBresources are configured for CM to each TRP, X may be defined as 5+α₂.

The value of α₁ and α₂ may correspond to an integer equal to or greaterthan 0 and may be defined by a fixed rule (e.g., α=1) or may beconfigured/indicated to a terminal based on L1/L2 signaling by a basestation and/or a reporting value of a terminal (e.g., an UE capability,etc.).

The value of α₁ and α₂ may be defined as the same/a different value.

In the proposal, an expression of “to each TRP” may be interpreted asmeaning that a CSI-RS/SSB resource is defined in a predetermined groupshape. For example, one or more CSI-RS/SSB resources may correspond to apredetermined group which has the same/a similar feature/to which acommon configuration is applied and the group may be interpreted asmeaning a specific TRP. For example, each TRP may correspond to eachresource group defined in a single resource set in the proposal 1 andeach TRP may correspond to each resource set in a single resourcesetting in the Proposal 2.

Alternatively, a value of X for a single CSI-RS/SSB resource and a valueof X for a plurality of CSI-RS/SSB resources may be defined by a fixedrule, respectively (e.g., X=6). Alternatively, a configuration/anindication may be performed to a terminal based on L1/L2 signaling by abase station and/or a reporting value of a terminal (e.g., an UEcapability, etc.).

Likewise, a more sophisticated CSI reference resource may be definedbased on the number of resources for CM corresponding to each TRP.

In the above, “CSI reporting for a mTRP CSI feedback” may follow anembodiment described in the above-described proposal 3.

The following Table 35 shows a definition of a CSI reference resourcedefined in current standards TS38.214.

TABLE 35 When it is configured to report a CQI index in a CSI referenceresource, UE assumes the following purpose to withdraw a CQI index andwhen also configured, it is assumed for a PMI and a RI: 2 first OFDMsymbols are occupied by control signaling. The number of PDSCHs andDM-RS symbols is the same as 12. The same bandwidth part subcarrierspacing configured for PDSCH reception A bandwidth configured forreporting a corresponding CQI A reference resource uses a length of CPand subcarrier spacing configured for PDSCH reception. A resourceelement is not used by a primary or secondary synchronization signal ora PBCH. Redundancy version 0 A ratio of a PDSCH EPRE (Energy PerResource Element) to a CSI-RS EPRE is given in Clause 4.1. It is assumedthat there are no REs allocated for a NZP CSI-RS and a ZP CSI-RS. It isassumed that the number of front-loaded DM-RS symbols is the same as themaximum front-loaded symbols configured by maxLength, a higher layerparameter in DMRS- DownlinkConfig. It is assumed that the number ofadditional DM-RS symbols is the same as additional symbols configured bya higher layer parameter dmrs-AdditionalPosition. It is assumed thatPDSCH symbols do not include a DM-RS. It is assumed that a size of PRBbundling is 2PRB.

In reference to Table 35 and a description related to the Equation 4, anoverhead of a PT-RS is not considered in current standards in adefinition of a CSI reference resource for CQI/RI/PMI computation. It isbecause only a single port PT-RS was possible in Rel-15, so it may beassumed that an overhead itself is not large and it will not seriouslyinfluence CSI computation. On the other hand, 2 port PT-RSs wereintroduced in Rel-16 and each PT-RS port is frequency divisionmultiplexed each other for a single terminal, so an overhead resultingfrom it is relatively large. Accordingly, if it is not considered in CSIcomputation, a problem that accuracy of CSI is lowered may be generated.Accordingly, a method that a PT-RS overhead may be reflected in CSIcomputation when 2 port PT-RSs may be applied (or for 2 or more portPT-RSs) is proposed.

Rel-16 includes the same contents as in the following Table 36 regarding2 port PT-RSs.

TABLE 36 When UE is not indicated as DCI having a DCI field “time domainresource assignment” which indicates an entry inpdschTimeDomainAllocationList including RepNumR16 in PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation, and when UE is configured as maxNrofPorts,the same higher layer parameter as n2, and when 2 TCI states areindicated by a codepoint of a DCI field ‘Transmission ConfigurationIndication’ and DM-RS port(s) in 2 CDM groups in a DCI field “AntennaPort(s)” are indicated, UE receives 2 PT-RS ports associated with a DMRSport with the lowest index among DM-RS ports corresponding to a TCIstate which is indicated first/second, respectively. When UE isconfigured by RepSchemeEnabler, a higher layer parameter set as‘FDMSchemeA’ or ‘FDMSchemeB’, and when 2 TCI states are indicated by acodepoint of a DCI field ‘Transmission Configuration Indication’ andDM-RS port(s) in 1 CDM group in a DCI field “Antenna Port(s)” areindicated, UE receives a single PT-RS port associated with a DMRS portwith the lowest index among DM-RS antenna ports allocated to a PDSCH andPT-RS frequency density is determined by the number of PRBs associatedwith each TCI state and PT-RS resource element mapping is associatedwith PRBs allocated per each TCI state.

Proposal 4-2: A base station may perform a configuration/an indicationto consider an overhead of N (e.g., 2) port PT-RSs when defining a CSIreference resource for CSI (e.g., CQI/RI/PMI) computation of a terminalbased on an implicit/explicit method. An example of an implicit method)

1. When the maximum number of PT-RS ports is configured as X (e.g., 2)or more to a terminal (e.g., n2 of maxNrofPorts-r16 inPTRS-DownlinkConfig), and/or

2. When CSI reporting is configured as a mTRP CSI feedback, “a mTRP CSIfeedback” in the above may follow an embodiment described in Proposal 3,and/or

3. When it is configured/indicated to report a plurality of LI valuesfor single CSI reporting

When the cases are satisfied, a terminal may reflect an overhead of N(e.g., 2) port PT-RSs on a CSI reference resource.

Examples of the implicit method may be applied independently or two ormore examples may be combined and applied.

-   -   An example of an explicit method

1. When a terminal is configured/indicated to reflect an overhead of Nport PT-RSs on a CSI reference resource based on L1/L2 signaling

As above, when a configuration/an indication is performed, a terminalmay reflect an overhead of N (e.g., 2) port PT-RSs on a CSI referenceresource.

The implicit method and the explicit method may be applied independentlyor may be combined and applied.

-   -   A condition which may be considered together with the implicit        method/explicit method

With the condition, when time/frequency density of a

PT-RS is equal to or greater than a specific value (e.g., for every NPRBs/every M symbols (e.g., N≤2, M≤1)), proposal 4-2 may be applied. Thefollowing method is an example therefor.

1. When a bandwidth configured for CQI reporting corresponding the CSIreporting is included in a specific scope, and/or

1-1. The specific scope may be defined by a fixed rule (e.g.N_(RB0)≤N_(RB)<N_(RB1), N_(RB0)=X, N_(RB1)=Y). Alternatively, thespecific scope may be configured/indicated to a terminal based on L1/L2signaling (e.g., based on frequencyDensity in PTRS-DownlinkConfig)and/or a reporting value of a terminal (e.g., an UE capability, etc.).

2. When a specific CQI condition is satisfied

2-1. As an example of the specific CQI condition, a case in which amodulation order is equal to or greater than M (e.g., 64QAM)/a CQI indexis equal to or greater than n/a code rate is equal to or greater thanX/efficiency is equal to or greater than X/a SNR (/SINR) is equal to orgreater than a specific value may be applicable.

3. Motivation for the method and Application pattern

3-1. A frequency axis pattern/density of a PT-RS may be determinedaccording to a size of a bandwidth scheduled to a terminal. However,when a bandwidth is too small, a PT-RS may not be scheduled and when abandwidth is too large, frequency axis density may be configured to below. The two cases may be considered as a case in which an overheadcaused by a PT-RS is not large and accordingly, an impact may not beconsidered in CSI computation. Accordingly, the proposed operation in4-3 may be applied to a case of frequency density 2 which triggers thelargest overhead on a frequency axis.

3-2. A time axis pattern/density of a PT-RS may be determined accordingto MCS scheduled to a terminal and when MCS is low, time axis densitymay be configured to be low. Accordingly, a proposed operation may beapplied to a case of time density 1 which triggers the largest overheadon a time axis.

3-3. As in example, for frequency density 2/time density 1, an overheadof 28 REs may be generated by 2 port PT-RSs per 2 RBs. It may beapproximately represented as 14REs/RBs based on a terminal schedulingbandwidth.

In current standards, the number of additional DMRSs is also included ina definition of a CSI reference resource, and the 14REs/RBs may beconsidered as an overhead corresponding to one additional DMRS, so itmay be considered as a valid overhead which should be considered in CSIcomputation.

In other words, when the above-described condition is implicitly orexplicitly indicated and/or is satisfied, a terminal may be consideredas a valid overhead which should be considered when performing CSIcomputation for 2 port PT-RSs. In other words, a terminal may assumethat there are REs (or symbols) of the above-described 2 port PT-RSs ina CSI reference resource and derive a CQI index (and/or a PMI, a RI)based on it.

Time/frequency density of the PT-RS may be configured based ontimeDensity and frequencyDensity in a higher layer parameterPTRS-DownlinkConfig. Each of timeDensitys and frequencyDensity mayindicate a threshold value ptrs-MCSi (i=1, 2, 3) and NRB,i (i=0, 1),respectively.

Operations in the above-described proposal 1 to 4 may be appliedindependently and implemented by a wireless communication device.Alternatively, at least one or more of operations in the above-describedproposal 1 to 4 may be combined and implemented by a wirelesscommunication device.

FIG. 36 is a diagram which illustrates a method for transmitting andreceiving channel state information according to an embodiment of thepresent disclosure.

FIG. 36 illustrates signaling between a network (e.g., TRP 1, TRP 2) andUE in a situation of multiple TRPs (i.e., M-TRP, or multiple cells)(hereinafter, all TRPs may be replaced with a cell) that methodsproposed in the present disclosure (e.g., proposal 1/proposal 2/proposal3/proposal 4, etc.) may be applied. Here, UE/a network is just anexample, and may be applied by being substituted with a variety ofdevices as described in FIG. 39 and FIG. 40 . FIG. 36 is just forconvenience of a description, and it does not limit a scope of thepresent disclosure. In addition, some step(s) shown in FIG. 36 may beomitted according to a situation and/or a configuration, etc.

In reference to FIG. 36 , for convenience of a description, signalingbetween 2 TRPs and UE is considered, but it goes without saying that acorresponding signaling method may be extended and applied to signalingbetween a plurality of TRPs and a plurality of UE. In the followingdescription, a network may be one base station including a plurality ofTRPs or may be one cell including a plurality of TRPs. In an example, anideal/non-ideal backhaul may be configured between TRP 1 and TRP 2configuring a network. In addition, the following description isdescribed based on a plurality of TRPs, but it may be equally extendedand applied to transmission through a plurality of panels. In addition,in the present disclosure, an operation that a terminal receives asignal from TRP1/TRP2 may be interpreted/described (or may be anoperation) as an operation that a terminal receives a signal from anetwork (through/with TRP1/2) and an operation that a terminal transmitsa signal to TRP1/TRP2 may be interpreted/described (or may be anoperation) as an operation that a terminal transmits a signal to anetwork (through/with TRP1/TRP2) or may be inverselyinterpreted/described.

In addition, it is described based on a “TRP” in the followingdescription, but as described above, a “TRP” may be applied by beingsubstituted with an expression such as a panel, an antenna array, a cell(e.g., a macro cell/a small cell/a pico cell, etc.), a TP (transmissionpoint), a base station (gNB, etc.), etc. As described above, a TRP maybe classified according to information (e.g., an index, an identifier(ID)) on a CORESET group (or a CORESET pool) (e.g., CORESETPoolIndex).In an example, when one terminal is configured to perform transmissionand reception with a plurality of TRPs (or cells), it may mean that aplurality of CORESET groups (or CORESET pools) are configured for oneterminal. Such a configuration on a CORESET group (or a CORESET pool)may be performed through higher layer signaling (e.g., RRC signaling,etc.). In addition, a base station may generally mean an object whichperforms transmission and reception of data with a terminal. Forexample, the base station may be a concept which includes one or moreTPs (Transmission Point), one or more TRPs (Transmission and ReceptionPoint), etc. In addition, a TP and/or a TRP may include a panel, atransmission and reception unit, etc. of a base station.

UE may receive a configuration (i.e., configuration information)through/with TRP1 and/or TRP2 from a network (S3601).

Here, the configuration (i.e., configuration information) may includesystem information (SI) and/or scheduling information and/or a CSIrelated configuration (e.g., a CSI reporting setting, a CSI-RS resourcesetting, etc.). In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may also include information related to a networkconfiguration (i.e., a TRP configuration), resource information(resource allocation) related to multi-TRP based transmission andreception, a configuration related to a priority rule, etc. Theconfiguration (i.e., configuration information) may be transmitted tohigher layer signaling (e.g., RRC or MAC CE). In addition, when theconfiguration information is predefined or preconfigured, acorresponding step may be omitted.

For example, the configuration (i.e., configuration information) mayinclude CORESET-related configuration information (e.g.,ControlResourceSet IE) as described in the above-described methods(e.g., proposal 1/proposal 2/proposal 3/proposal 4, etc.). TheCORESET-related configuration information may include a CORESET-relatedID (e.g., controlResourceSetID), an index of a CORESET pool for aCORESET (e.g., CORESETPoolIndex), a time/frequency resourceconfiguration of a CORESET, TCI information related to a CORESET, etc.CORESETPoolIndex corresponding to each TRP may be differentlyconfigured. For example, the configuration information may include aPT-RS related configuration (e.g.,PhaseTrackingRS/PTRS-DownlinkConfig/timedensity/frequencydensity, etc.).

For example, the configuration (i.e., configuration information) mayinclude configuration/indication values for CSIcomputation/acquisition/reporting considering multi-TRP transmissionbased on the above-described proposal (e.g., proposal 1/proposal2/proposal 3/proposal 4, etc.).

For example, as in the proposal 1, a plurality of resource groups (aplurality of resources when only 1 resource is configured in a group)may be configured in one resource set (or resource setting) based on theconfiguration (i.e., configuration information). In addition, the numberof TRPs to which resources in one resource set correspond (i.e., thenumber of TRPs (a value of M, M may be equal to or greater than 1),etc.) may be configured based on the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation). In addition, N resource groups may be configured based onthe configuration (i.e., configuration information). In addition, aresource candidate and/or a combination of resource candidates among theM resources may be configured based on the configuration (i.e.,configuration information). In addition, specific TRP(s) and/or specificTRP combination(s) and/or specific resource combination(s) which may beused for CSI computation may be configured based on the configuration(i.e., configuration information). In addition, the number of CSI whichshould be reported by UE (i.e., the number of CSI sets (a value of N),etc.) may be configured based on the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation). In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on quantity of CSI which should bereported by UE. In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on a CSI-IM (interferencemeasurement) resource set for interference measurement.

For example, as in the proposal 2, a plurality of resource sets may beconfigured in one resource setting based on the configuration (i.e.,configuration information). In addition, the number of TRPs to whichresource sets in one resource setting correspond (i.e., the number ofTRPs (a value of M, M may be equal to or greater than 1), etc.) may beconfigured based on the configuration (i.e., configuration information).In addition, N resource sets may be configured based on theconfiguration (i.e., configuration information). In addition, a resourceset candidate and/or a combination of resource set candidates among theM resource sets may be configured based on the configuration (i.e.,configuration information). In addition, specific TRP(s) and/or specificTRP combination(s) and/or specific resource set combination(s) which maybe used for CSI computation may be configured based on the configuration(i.e., configuration information). In addition, the number of CSI whichshould be reported by UE (i.e., the number of CSI sets (a value of N),etc.) may be configured based on the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation). In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on quantity of CSI which should bereported by UE. In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on a CSI-IM (interferencemeasurement) resource set for interference measurement.

In addition, besides, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information necessary for performing anoperation in the above-described proposal 1 to proposal 4.

For example, in the above-described step S3601, an operation whichtransmits and receives the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may be implemented by a device in FIG. 39 and FIG. 40 whichwill be described after. For example, in reference to FIG. 39 , one ormore processors 102 may control one or more transceivers 106 and/or oneor more memories 104, etc. to receive the configuration and one or moretransceivers 106 may receive the configuration from a network.

UE may receive a RS (e.g., an SSB/a CSI-RS/a TRS/a PT-RS) for measuringa channel state through/with TRP1 and/or TRP2 from a network (S3602).For example, when a RS is received through/with multiple TRPs,information on a relation between RSs may be received.

Here, UE may receive a RS in a resource which is configured based on aconfiguration (i.e., configuration information) received in the stepS3601.

UE may receive an indication on CSI reporting through/with TRP1 and/orTRP2 from a network (S3603). For example, for aperiodic CSI reporting,the indication may be performed by CSI reporting triggering DCI.Alternatively, for semi-persistent CSI reporting/periodic CSI reporting,step S3603 may be omitted. In addition, step S3602 and step S3603 may bereversed or may be merged into one step.

For example, a RS for measuring the channel state in the above-describedstep S3602 and/or step S3603 and/or an operation which transmits andreceives an indication on triggering of CSI reporting may be implementedby a device in FIG. 39 and FIG. 40 which will be described after. Forexample, in reference to FIG. 39 , one or more processors 102 maycontrol one or more transceivers 106 and/or one or more memories 104,etc. to receive an indication on triggering of CSI reporting and/or a RSfor measuring the channel state and one or more transceivers 106 mayreceive an indication on triggering of CSI reporting and/or a RS formeasuring the channel state from a network.

UE may perform CSI measurement based on information configured from anetwork and the RS (e.g., a configuration in step S3601, information byDCI, etc.) S3604.

Here, UE may perform CSI measurement considering multi-TRP transmission.

For example, the above-described proposals (e.g., proposal 1/proposal2/proposal 3/proposal 4, etc.) may be based when UE performs CSImeasurement.

For example, CSI for one TRP may be computed by considering a RS, etc.of other TRP. For example, an entry of CSI per TRP (e.g.,CRI/RI/PMI/LI/CQI, etc.) may be differently configured. For example, CSIfor one TRP may be determined/computed based on CSI for other TRP. Forexample, UE may perform CSI measurement considering multi-TRPtransmission based on a CSI-related time behavior/a resource setting,etc.

For example, based on the proposal 1, a case in which only one resourceis configured in each resource group is assumed.

M (M is a natural number) CSI-RS resources may be selected from a CSI-RSresource set configured by configuration information in step S3601. N(N≤M, N is a natural number) CSI-RS resources for reporting the CSI maybe selected from the M CSI-RS resources. In addition, by configurationinformation in step S3601, a CSI-RS resource candidate and/or acombination of CSI-RS resource candidates among the M CSI-RS resourcesmay be configured and the N CSI-RS resources may be selected from theCSI-RS resource candidate and/or the combination of CSI-RS resourcecandidate. Here, the CSI may include N CSI sets generated based on the NCSI-RS resources. Each of the N CSI sets may be generated based on anyone CSI-RS resource of the N CSI-RS resources for channel measurementand remaining N−1 CSI-RS resources for interference measurement.

In another example, based on the proposal 1, one resource set mayinclude M (M is a natural number) CSI-RS resource groups (here, eachCSI-RS resource group may correspond to a separate TRP) and N CSI-RSresource groups may be determined from M CSI-RS resource groups by theconfiguration information or a pre-determined rule. Here, the CSI mayinclude N CSI sets generated based on a CSI-RS resource combination inthe N CSI-RS resource groups. A n-th (1≤n≤N) CSI set among N CSI setsmay be generated based on a specific CSI-RS resource for channelmeasurement in a n-th (1≤n≤N) CSI-RS resource group and a CSI-RSresource in remaining CSI-RS resource groups for interferencemeasurement except for the n-th CSI-RS resource group. In other words,for generating a n-th (1≤n≤N) CSI set, a specific CSI-RS resource in an-th (1≤n≤N) CSI-RS resource group may be used for channel measurementand a specific CSI-RS resource in remaining CSI-RS resource groupsexcept for the n-th CSI-RS resource group may be used for interferencemeasurement.

In addition, CSI may include N CSI sets generated based on a singleCSI-RS resource in N (N≤M, N is a natural number) different CSI-RSresource groups among the M CSI-RS resource groups. In other words, CSImay include one or more CSI sets for a single TRP.

In addition, for the N CSI-RS resources (or resource groups) or CSI-RSresource combinations in N CSI-RS resource groups, a reference signal ina QCL (quasi co-location) type for a different spatial Rx parameter maybe configured.

In addition, configuration information in step S3601 may includeinformation on a CSI-IM (interference measurement) resource (or resourceset) for interference measurement and a specific CSI-RS resourcecombination in the N CSI-RS resource groups may be mapped to the sameCSI-IM resource.

In addition, a layer indicator (LI) may be independentlyderived/reported for the N CSI sets by the CSI. In other words, a LI maybe independently reported per N CSI-RS resource combinations (or CSI-RSresource groups). Here, the number of derived/reported LIs may bedetermined based on the maximum number of ports of phase trackingreference signals (PTRS) configured in the terminal. In addition, whenthe number of CSI processing units (CPU) necessary for computing the CSIis computed (counted), a CSI set based on a single CSI resource and aCSI set based on a CSI-RS resource combination may be separatelyconsidered. For example, the CSI may include a first CSI set based on asingle CSI resource in the CSI-RS resource set and/or a second CSI setbased on a CSI-RS resource combination in the CSI-RS resource set. Inthis case, the number of CSI processing units (CPU) necessary forcomputing the second CSI set and the number of CPUs necessary forcomputing the first CSI set may be separately determined. In addition,when a CSI-RS resource set includes M (M is a natural number) CSI-RSresource groups, the number of CPUs necessary for computing the secondCSI set may be determined based on the number of CSI-RS resourcesincluded in a CSI-RS resource group or based on the number of CSI-RSresource combinations which may be combined from the M CSI-RS resourcegroups (or two times the number of combinable CSI-RS resourcecombinations). In addition, based on N′ CSI-RS resource combinations inthe N (N≤M, N is a natural number) CSI-RS resource groups beingconfigured from the M CSI-RS resource groups, the number of CPUsnecessary for computing a second CSI set may be determined based on thenumber of N′ CSI-RS resource combinations in the N CSI-RS resourcegroups (or two times the number of N′ CSI-RS resource combinations in NCSI-RS resource groups).

In addition, CSI reporting based on the CSI-RS resource combination(i.e., CSI reporting for multi-TRP transmission) collides with CSIreporting based on a single CSI-RS resource (i.e., CSI reporting forsingle TRP transmission), CSI reporting based on the CSI-RS resourcecombination may be preferentially transmitted. Alternatively,conversely, CSI reporting based on a single CSI-RS resource may bepreferentially transmitted. In addition, a priority for transmission maybe determined based on information included in CSI based on the CSI-RSresource combination and information included in CSI based on a singleCSI-RS resourced. Here, such a priority rule may be configured by aconfiguration in the step S3601.

In addition, for example, CSI computation time may be determined for CSImeasurement on mTRPs (e.g., TRP1/TRP2) based on a method described inthe above-described proposal #3. In the example, CSI computation timefor CSI reporting based on the CSI-RS resource combination may bedetermined by adding additional time based on a parameter value relatedto CSI computation time configured for CSI reporting based on a singleCSI-RS resource.

For example, a CSI reference resource may be determined for CSImeasurement on mTRPs (e.g., TRP1/TRP2) based on a method described inthe above-described proposal #4. For example, a CSI reference resourcemay be defined by considering an overhead of N (e.g., 2) port PT-RSs. Inother words, in the example, for deriving the CSI, it may be assumedthat there is a resource element for a port of 2 or more PTRSs in a CSIreference resource. For example, whether a CSI reference resource willbe determined may be implicitly/explicitly indicated by considering anoverhead of N (e.g., 2) port PT-RSs. The indication may be based on themaximum number of PT-RS ports/the number of LI values to be reported/ascope of a bandwidth/a CQI-related parameter/PT-RS-related time density(timedensity)/frequency density (frequencedensity), etc.

For example, an operation which measures the channel state informationin the above-described step S3604 may be implemented by a device in FIG.39 and FIG. 40 which will be described after. For example, in referenceto FIG. 39 , one or more processors 102 may control one or moretransceivers 106 and/or one or more memories 104, etc. to perform thechannel state measurement.

UE may report CSI through/with TRP1 and/or TRP2 to a network (S3605).

For example, the CSI reporting operation may be performed based on adescription in the above-described CSI reporting. For example, asdescribed in the above-described proposal (proposal 1/proposal2/proposal 3/proposal 4, etc.), the CSI may be MTRP CSI or STRP CSI. Forexample, a channel/a resource for the CSI feedback may beoverlapped/collide, and in this case, CSI may be reported in descendingorder of a priority based on a priority rule described in theabove-described proposal (proposal 1/2). For example, the priority rulemay be based on whether of MTRP CSI or STRP CSI/contents of CSI (e.g.,CRI/RI/PMI/CQI/LI/RSRP/SINR)/the number of MTRPs associated with CSI,etc. In an example, MTRP CSI may have a higher priority than STRP CSI.In an example, BM-related CSI may have a higher priority than other CSI.In an example, a priority may be determined in an order of BM-relatedMTRP CSI, BM-related STRP CSI, non-BM MTRP CSI, non BM STRP CSI. Forexample, dropping/puncturing/rate matching may be performed for CSI witha low priority.

For example, an operation which transmits and receives CSI in theabove-described step S3605 may be implemented by a device in FIG. 39 andFIG. 40 which will be described after. For example, in reference to FIG.39 , one or more processors 102 may control one or more transceivers 106and/or one or more memories 104, etc. to report the CSI and one or moretransceivers 106 may transmit the CSI to a network.

UE may receive data scheduling information and/or data/a RS (for datadecoding) based on scheduling information through/with TRP1 and/or TRP2from a network S3606. In this case, data scheduling and precoding whichwill be applied to data may be determined/calculated by a base stationbased on CSI, etc. reported by a terminal, but it may not consider onlyCSI reported by a terminal.

For example, an operation which transmits and receives the datascheduling information and/or data/a RS based on data schedulinginformation in the above-described step S3606 may be implemented by adevice in FIG. 39 and FIG. 40 which will be described after. Forexample, in reference to FIG. 39 , one or more processors 102 maycontrol one or more transceivers 106 and/or one or more memories 104,etc. to receive the data scheduling information and/or data/a RS basedon scheduling information and one or more transceivers 106 may receivethe data scheduling information and/or data/a RS based on datascheduling information from a network.

As mentioned above, the above-described signaling and operation betweena network and UE (e.g., proposal 1/proposal 2/proposal 3/proposal 4 andFIG. 36 ) may be implemented by a device (e.g., FIGS. 39 and 40 ) whichwill be described after.

For example, the above-described signaling and operation between anetwork and UE (e.g., proposal 1/proposal 2/proposal 3/proposal 4 andFIG. 36 ) may be processed by one or more processors (102, 202) in FIGS.39 to 40 and the above-described Network side/UE signaling and operation(e.g., proposal 1/proposal 2/proposal 3/proposal 4 and FIG. 36 ) may bestored in a memory (e.g., one or more memories 104, 204 in FIG. 39) in acommand/program (e.g., an instruction, an executable code) shape fordriving at least one processor in FIGS. 39 to 40 (e.g., 102, 202).

FIG. 37 is a diagram which illustrates an operation of a terminal fortransmitting channel state information according to an embodiment of thepresent disclosure.

FIG. 37 illustrates an operation of a terminal based on the proposal 1to proposal 4. An example in FIG. 37 is for convenience of adescription, and it does not limit a scope of the present disclosure.Some step(s) illustrated in FIG. 37 may be omitted according to asituation and/or a configuration. In addition, in FIG. 37 , a terminalis just one example, and may be implemented by a device illustrated inthe following FIG. 39 and FIG. 40 . For example, a processor 102/202 inFIG. 39 may be controlled to transmit and receive achannel/signal/data/information, etc. by using a transceiver 106/206 andmay be controlled to store a channel/signal/data/information, etc. whichwill be transmitted or received in a memory 104/204.

A terminal receives configuration information related to the CSI from abase station (S3701).

Configuration information related to the CSI may includeconfiguration/indication values for CSIcomputation/acquisition/reporting considering multi-TRP transmissionbased on the above-described proposal (e.g., proposal 1/proposal2/proposal 3/proposal 4, etc.).

For example, as in the proposal 1, a plurality of resource groups (aplurality of resources when only 1 resource in a group is configured)may be configured in one resource set (or resource setting) based on theconfiguration (i.e., configuration information). In addition, the numberof TRPs to which resources in one resource set correspond (i.e., thenumber of TRPs (a value of M, M may be equal to or greater than 1),etc.) may be configured based on the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation). In addition, N resource groups may be configured based onthe configuration (i.e., configuration information). In addition, aresource candidate and/or a combination of resource candidates among theM resources may be configured based on the configuration (i.e.,configuration information). In addition, specific TRP(s) and/or specificTRP combination(s) and/or specific resource combination(s) which may beused for CSI computation may be configured based on the configuration(i.e., configuration information). In addition, the number of CSI whichshould be reported by UE (i.e., the number of CSI sets (a value of N),etc.) may be configured based on the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation). In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on quantity of CSI which should bereported by UE. In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on a CSI-IM (interferencemeasurement) resource set for interference measurement.

For example, as in the proposal 2, a plurality of resource sets may beconfigured in one resource setting based on the configuration (i.e.,configuration information). In addition, the number of TRPs to whichresource sets in one resource setting correspond (i.e., the number ofTRPs (a value of M, M may be equal to or greater than 1), etc.) may beconfigured based on the configuration (i.e., configuration information).In addition, N resource sets may be configured based on theconfiguration (i.e., configuration information). In addition, a resourceset candidate and/or a combination of resource set candidates among theM resource sets may be configured based on the configuration (i.e.,configuration information). In addition, specific TRP(s) and/or specificTRP combination(s) and/or specific resource set combination(s) which maybe used for CSI computation may be configured based on the configuration(i.e., configuration information). In addition, the number of CSI whichshould be reported by UE (i.e., the number of CSI sets (a value of N),etc.) may be configured based on the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation). In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on quantity of CSI which should bereported by UE. In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on a CSI-IM (interferencemeasurement) resource set for interference measurement.

In addition, besides, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information necessary for performing anoperation in the above-described proposal 1 to proposal 4.

A terminal receives a CSI-RS (CSI-reference signal) from the basestation (S370).

A terminal may receive a CSI-RS in a CSI-RS resource configured based onconfiguration information received in the step S3701.

Here, a CSI-RS is one example, and may be replaced with a RS for channelstate measurement (e.g., an SSB/a CSI-RS/a TRS/a PT-RS).

A terminal transmits CSI to the base station based on the configurationinformation and the CSI-RS (S3703).

Here, a terminal may perform CSI measurement considering multi-TRPtransmission and report measured CSI to a base station.

For example, the above-described proposals (e.g., proposal 1/proposal2/proposal 3/proposal 4, etc.) may be based when a terminal performs CSImeasurement.

For example, when a case in which only one resource is configured ineach resource group is assumed based on the proposal 1, M (M is anatural number) CSI-RS resources may be selected from a CSI-RS resourceset configured by the configuration information. N (N≤M, N is a naturalnumber) CSI-RS resources for reporting the CSI may be selected from theM CSI-RS resources. In addition, by configuration information in stepS3701, a CSI-RS resource candidate and/or a combination of CSI-RSresource candidates among the M CSI-RS resources may be configured andthe N CSI-RS resources may be selected from the CSI-RS resourcecandidate and/or the combination of CSI-RS resource candidates. Here,the CSI may include N CSI sets generated based on the N CSI-RSresources. Each of the N CSI sets may be generated based on any oneCSI-RS resource of the N CSI-RS resources for channel measurement andremaining N−1 CSI-RS resources for interference measurement.

In another example, based on the proposal 1, one resource set mayinclude M (M is a natural number) CSI-RS resource groups (here, eachCSI-RS resource group may correspond to a separate TRP) and N CSI-RSresource groups may be determined from M CSI-RS resource groups by theconfiguration information or a pre-determined rule. Here, the CSI mayinclude N CSI sets generated based on a CSI-RS resource combination inthe N CSI-RS resource groups. A n-th (1≤n≤N) CSI set among N CSI setsmay be generated based on a specific CSI-RS resource for channelmeasurement in a n-th (1≤n≤N) CSI-RS resource group and a CSI-RSresource in remaining CSI-RS resource groups for interferencemeasurement except for the n-th CSI-RS resource group. In other words,for generating a n-th (1≤n≤N) CSI set, a specific CSI-RS resource in an-th (1≤n≤N) CSI-RS resource group may be used for channel measurementand a specific CSI-RS resource in remaining CSI-RS resource groupsexcept for the n-th CSI-RS resource group may be used for interferencemeasurement.

In addition, CSI may include N CSI sets generated based on a singleCSI-RS resource in N (N≤M, N is a natural number) different CSI-RSresource groups among the M CSI-RS resource groups. In other words, CSImay include one or more CSI sets for a single TRP.

In addition, for the N CSI-RS resources (or resource groups) or CSI-RSresource combinations in N CSI-RS resource groups, a reference signal ina QCL (quasi co-location) type for a different spatial Rx parameter maybe configured.

In addition, the configuration information may include information on aCSI-IM (interference measurement) resource (or resource set) forinterference measurement and a CSI-RS resource combination in the NCSI-RS resources or N CSI-RS resource groups may be mapped to the sameCSI-IM resource.

In addition, a layer indicator (LI) may be independentlyderived/reported for the N CSI sets by the CSI. In other words, a LI maybe independently reported per N CSI-RS resource combinations (or perCSI-RS resource group). Here, the number of the derived/reported LIs maybe determined based on the maximum number of ports of a phase trackingreference signal (PTRS) configured in the terminal.

In addition, when the number of CSI processing units (CPU) necessary forcomputing the CSI is computed (counted), a CSI set based on a single CSIresource and a CSI set based on a CSI-RS resource combination may beseparately considered. For example, the CSI may include a first CSI setbased on a single CSI resource in the CSI-RS resource set and/or asecond CSI set based on a CSI-RS resource combination in the CSI-RSresource set. In this case, the number of CSI processing units necessaryfor computing the second CSI set and the number of CPUs necessary forcomputing the first CSI set may be separately determined. In addition,when a CSI-RS resource set includes M (M is a natural number) CSI-RSresource groups, the number of CPUs necessary for computing the secondCSI set may be determined based on the number of CSI-RS resourcesincluded in a CSI-RS resource group or based on the number of CSI-RSresource combinations which may be combined from the M CSI-RS resourcegroups (or two times the number of combinable CSI-RS resourcecombinations). In addition, based on N′ CSI-RS resource combinations inthe N (N≤M, N is a natural number) CSI-RS resource groups beingconfigured from the M CSI-RS resource groups, the number of CPUsnecessary for computing a second CSI set may be determined based on thenumber of N′ CSI-RS resource combinations in the N CSI-RS resourcegroups (or two times the number of N′ CSI-RS resource combinations in NCSI-RS resource groups).

In addition, when CSI reporting based on the CSI-RS resource combination(i.e., CSI reporting for multi-TRP transmission) collides with CSIreporting based on a single CSI-RS resource (i.e., CSI reporting forsingle TRP transmission), CSI reporting based on the CSI-RS resourcecombination may be preferentially transmitted. Alternatively,conversely, CSI reporting based on a single CSI-RS resource may bepreferentially transmitted. In addition, a priority for transmission maybe determined based on information included in CSI based on the CSI-RSresource combination and information included in CSI based on a singleCSI-RS resource. Here, such a priority rule may be configured by aconfiguration in the step S3701.

In addition, as in the proposal 3, CSI computation time for CSIreporting based on the CSI-RS resource combination may be determined byadding additional time based on a parameter value related to CSIcomputation time configured for CSI reporting based on the single CSI-RSresource.

In addition, as in the proposal 4, for deriving the CSI, it may beassumed that there is a resource element for a port of 2 or more PTRSsin a CSI reference resource.

FIG. 38 is a diagram which illustrates an operation of a base stationfor receiving channel state information according to an embodiment ofthe present disclosure.

FIG. 38 illustrates an operation of a base station based on the proposal1 to proposal 4. An example in FIG. 38 is for convenience of adescription, and it does not limit a scope of the present disclosure.Some step(s) illustrated in FIG. 38 may be omitted according to asituation and/or a configuration. In addition, in FIG. 38 , a basestation is just one example, and may be implemented by a deviceillustrated in the following FIG. 39 and FIG. 40 . For example, aprocessor 102/202 in FIG. 39 may be controlled to transmit and receive achannel/signal/data/information, etc. by using a transceiver 106/206 andmay be controlled to store a channel/signal/data/information, etc. whichwill be transmitted or received in a memory 104/204.

A base station transmits configuration information related to the CSI toa terminal (S3801).

Configuration information related to the CSI may includeconfiguration/indication values for CSIcomputation/acquisition/reporting considering multi-TRP transmissionbased on the above-described proposal (e.g., proposal 1/proposal2/proposal 3/proposal 4, etc.).

For example, as in the proposal 1, a plurality of resource groups (aplurality of resources when only 1 resource in a group is configured)may be configured in one resource set (or resource setting) based on theconfiguration (i.e., configuration information). In addition, the numberof TRPs to which resources in one resource set correspond (i.e., thenumber of TRPs (a value of M, M may be equal to or greater than 1),etc.) may be configured based on the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation). In addition, N resource groups may be configured based onthe configuration (i.e., configuration information). In addition, aresource candidate and/or a combination of resource candidates among theM resources may be configured based on the configuration (i.e.,configuration information). In addition, specific TRP(s) and/or specificTRP combination(s) and/or specific resource combination(s) which may beused for CSI computation may be configured based on the configuration(i.e., configuration information). In addition, the number of CSI whichshould be reported by UE (i.e., the number of CSI sets (a value of N),etc.) may be configured based on the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation). In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on quantity of CSI which should bereported by UE. In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on a CSI-IM (interferencemeasurement) resource set for interference measurement.

For example, as in the proposal 2, a plurality of resource sets may beconfigured in one resource setting based on the configuration (i.e.,configuration information). In addition, the number of TRPs to whichresource sets in one resource setting correspond (i.e., the number ofTRPs (a value of M, M may be equal to or greater than 1), etc.) may beconfigured based on the configuration (i.e., configuration information).In addition, N resource sets may be configured based on theconfiguration (i.e., configuration information). In addition, a resourceset candidate and/or a combination of resource set candidates among theM resource sets may be configured based on the configuration (i.e.,configuration information). In addition, specific TRP(s) and/or specificTRP combination(s) and/or specific resource set combination(s) which maybe used for CSI computation may be configured based on the configuration(i.e., configuration information). In addition, the number of CSI whichshould be reported by UE (i.e., the number of CSI sets (a value of N),etc.) may be configured based on the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation). In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on quantity of CSI which should bereported by UE. In addition, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information on a CSI-IM (interferencemeasurement) resource set for interference measurement.

In addition, besides, the configuration (i.e., configurationinformation) may include information necessary for performing anoperation in the above-described proposal 1 to proposal 4.

A base station transmits a CSI-RS (CSI-reference signal) to a terminal(S3802).

A base station may transmit a CSI-RS in a CSI-RS resource configuredbased on configuration information transmitted in the step S3801.

Here, a CSI-RS is one example, and may be replaced with a RS for channelstate measurement (e.g., SSB/CSI-RS/TRS/PT-RS).

CSI is received from the terminal (S3803).

Here, a base station may receive CSI measured by a terminal inconsideration of multi-TEP transmission from a terminal.

For example, the above-described proposals (e.g., proposal 1/proposal2/proposal 3/proposal 4, etc.) may be based when a terminal performs CSImeasurement.

For example, when a case in which only one resource is configured ineach resource group is assumed based on the proposal 1, M (M is anatural number) CSI-RS resources may be selected from a CSI-RS resourceset configured by the configuration information. N (N≤M, N is a naturalnumber) CSI-RS resources for reporting the CSI may be selected from theM CSI-RS resources. In addition, by configuration information in stepS3801, a CSI-RS resource candidate and/or a combination of CSI-RSresource candidates among the M CSI-RS resources may be configured andthe N CSI-RS resources may be selected from the CSI-RS resourcecandidate and/or the combination of CSI-RS resource candidates. Here,the CSI may include N CSI sets generated based on the N CSI-RSresources. Each of the N CSI sets may be generated based on any oneCSI-RS resource of the N CSI-RS resources for channel measurement andremaining N−1 CSI-RS resources for interference measurement.

In another example, based on the proposal 1, one resource set mayinclude M (M is a natural number) CSI-RS resource groups (here, eachCSI-RS resource group may correspond to a separate TRP) and N CSI-RSresource groups may be determined from M CSI-RS resource groups by theconfiguration information or a pre-determined rule. Here, the CSI mayinclude N CSI sets generated based on a CSI-RS resource combination inthe N CSI-RS resource groups. A n-th (1≤n≤N) CSI set among N CSI setsmay be generated based on a specific CSI-RS resource for channelmeasurement in a n-th (1≤n≤N) CSI-RS resource group and a CSI-RSresource in remaining CSI-RS resource groups for interferencemeasurement except for the n-th CSI-RS resource group. In other words,for generating a n-th (1≤n≤N) CSI set, a specific CSI-RS resource in an-th (1≤n≤N) CSI-RS resource group may be used for channel measurementand a specific CSI-RS resource in remaining CSI-RS resource groupsexcept for the n-th CSI-RS resource group may be used for interferencemeasurement.

In addition, CSI may include N CSI sets generated based on a singleCSI-RS resource in N (N≤M, N is a natural number) different CSI-RSresource groups among the M CSI-RS resource groups. In other words, CSImay include one or more CSI sets for a single TRP.

In addition, for the N CSI-RS resources (or resource groups) or CSI-RSresource combinations in N CSI-RS resource groups, a reference signal ina QCL (quasi co-location) type for a different spatial Rx parameter maybe configured.

In addition, the configuration information may include information on aCSI-IM (interference measurement) resource (or resource set) forinterference measurement and a CSI-RS resource combination in the NCSI-RS resources or N CSI-RS resource groups may be mapped to the sameCSI-IM resources.

In addition, a layer indicator (LI) may be independentlyderived/reported for the N CSI sets by the CSI. In other words, a LI maybe independently reported per N CSI-RS resource combinations (or perCSI-RS resource group). Here, the number of the derived/reported LIs maybe determined based on the maximum number of ports of a phase trackingreference signal (PTRS) configured in the terminal.

In addition, when the number of CSI processing units (CPU) necessary forcomputing the CSI is computed (counted), a CSI set based on a single CSIresource and a CSI set based on a CSI-RS resource combination may beseparately considered. For example, the CSI may include a first CSI setbased on a single CSI resource in the CSI-RS resource set and/or asecond CSI set based on a CSI-RS resource combination in the CSI-RSresource set. In this case, the number of CSI processing units (CPU)necessary for computing the second CSI set and the number of CPUsnecessary for computing the first CSI set may be separately determined.In addition, when a CSI-RS resource set includes M (M is a naturalnumber) CSI-RS resource groups, the number of CPUs necessary forcomputing the second CSI set may be determined based on the number ofCSI-RS resources included in a CSI-RS resource group or based on thenumber of CSI-RS resource combinations which may be combined from the MCSI-RS resource groups (or two times the number of combinable CSI-RSresource combinations). In addition, based on N′ CSI-RS resourcecombinations in the N (N≤M, N is a natural number) CSI-RS resourcegroups being configured from the M CSI-RS resource groups, the number ofCPUs necessary for computing a second CSI set may be determined based onthe number of N′ CSI-RS resource combinations in the N CSI-RS resourcegroups (or two times the number of N′ CSI-RS resource combinations in NCSI-RS resource groups).

In addition, when CSI reporting based on the CSI-RS resource combination(i.e., CSI reporting for multi-TRP transmission) collides with CSIreporting based on a single CSI-RS resource (i.e., CSI reporting forsingle TRP transmission), CSI reporting based on the CSI-RS resourcecombination may be preferentially transmitted. Here, such a priorityrule may be configured by a configuration in the step S3801.

In addition, as in the proposal 3, CSI computation time for CSIreporting based on the CSI-RS resource combination may be determined byadding additional time based on a parameter value related to CSIcomputation time configured for CSI reporting based on the single CSI-RSresource.

In addition, as in the proposal 4, for deriving the CSI, it may beassumed that there is a resource element for a port of 2 or more PTRSsin a CSI reference resource.

General Device to which the Present Disclosure May be Applied

FIG. 39 is a diagram which illustrates a block diagram of a wirelesscommunication device according to an embodiment of the presentdisclosure.

In reference to FIG. 39 , a first wireless device 100 and a secondwireless device 200 may transmit and receive a wireless signal through avariety of radio access technologies (e.g., LTE, NR).

A first wireless device 100 may include one or more processors 102 andone or more memories 104 and may additionally include one or moretransceivers 106 and/or one or more antennas 108. A processor 102 maycontrol a memory 104 and/or a transceiver 106 and may be configured toimplement description, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/oroperation flow charts disclosed in the present disclosure. For example,a processor 102 may transmit a wireless signal including firstinformation/signal through a transceiver 106 after generating firstinformation/signal by processing information in a memory 104. Inaddition, a processor 102 may receive a wireless signal including secondinformation/signal through a transceiver 106 and then store informationobtained by signal processing of second information/signal in a memory104. A memory 104 may be connected to a processor 102 and may store avariety of information related to an operation of a processor 102. Forexample, a memory 104 may store a software code including commands forperforming all or part of processes controlled by a processor 102 or forperforming description, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/oroperation flow charts disclosed in the present disclosure. Here, aprocessor 102 and a memory 104 may be part of a communicationmodem/circuit/chip designed to implement a wireless communicationtechnology (e.g., LTE, NR). A transceiver 106 may be connected to aprocessor 102 and may transmit and/or receive a wireless signal throughone or more antennas 108. A transceiver 106 may include a transmitterand/or a receiver. A transceiver 106 may be used together with a RF(Radio Frequency) unit. In the present disclosure, a wireless device maymean a communication modem/circuit/chip.

A second wireless device 200 may include one or more processors 202 andone or more memories 204 and may additionally include one or moretransceivers 206 and/or one or more antennas 208. A processor 202 maycontrol a memory 204 and/or a transceiver 206 and may be configured toimplement description, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/oroperation flows charts disclosed in the present disclosure. For example,a processor 202 may generate third information/signal by processinginformation in a memory 204, and then transmit a wireless signalincluding third information/signal through a transceiver 206. Inaddition, a processor 202 may receive a wireless signal including fourthinformation/signal through a transceiver 206, and then store informationobtained by signal processing of fourth information/signal in a memory204. A memory 204 may be connected to a processor 202 and may store avariety of information related to an operation of a processor 202. Forexample, a memory 204 may store a software code including commands forperforming all or part of processes controlled by a processor 202 or forperforming description, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/oroperation flow charts disclosed in the present disclosure. Here, aprocessor 202 and a memory 204 may be part of a communicationmodem/circuit/chip designed to implement a wireless communicationtechnology (e.g., LTE, NR). A transceiver 206 may be connected to aprocessor 202 and may transmit and/or receive a wireless signal throughone or more antennas 208. A transceiver 206 may include a transmitterand/or a receiver. A transceiver 206 may be used together with a RFunit. In the present disclosure, a wireless device may mean acommunication modem/circuit/chip.

Hereinafter, a hardware element of a wireless device 100, 200 will bedescribed in more detail. It is not limited thereto, but one or moreprotocol layers may be implemented by one or more processors 102, 202.For example, one or more processors 102, 202 may implement one or morelayers (e.g., a functional layer such as PHY, MAC, RLC, PDCP, RRC,SDAP). One or more processors 102, 202 may generate one or more PDUs(Protocol Data Unit) and/or one or more SDUs (Service Data Unit)according to description, functions, procedures, proposals, methodsand/or operation flow charts included in the present disclosure. One ormore processors 102, 202 may generate a message, control information,data or information according to description, functions, procedures,proposals, methods and/or operation flow charts disclosed in the presentdisclosure. One or more processors 102, 202 may generate a signal (e.g.,a baseband signal) including a PDU, a SDU, a message, controlinformation, data or information according to functions, procedures,proposals and/or methods disclosed in the present disclosure to provideit to one or more transceivers 106, 206. One or more processors 102, 202may receive a signal (e.g., a baseband signal) from one or moretransceivers 106, 206 and obtain a PDU, a SDU, a message, controlinformation, data or information according to description, functions,procedures, proposals, methods and/or operation flow charts disclosed inthe present disclosure.

One or more processors 102, 202 may be referred to as a controller, amicro controller, a micro processor or a micro computer. One or moreprocessors 102, 202 may be implemented by a hardware, a firmware, asoftware, or their combination. In an example, one or more ASICs(Application Specific Integrated Circuit), one or more DSPs (DigitalSignal Processor), one or more DSPDs (Digital Signal Processing Device),one or more PLDs (Programmable Logic Device) or one or more FPGAs (FieldProgrammable Gate Arrays) may be included in one or more processors 102,202. Description, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/oroperation flow charts disclosed in the present disclosure may beimplemented by using a firmware or a software and a firmware or asoftware may be implemented to include a module, a procedure, afunction, etc. A firmware or a software configured to performdescription, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operationflow charts disclosed in the present disclosure may be included in oneor more processors 102, 202 or may be stored in one or more memories104, 204 and driven by one or more processors 102, 202. Description,functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operation flow chartsdisclosed in the present disclosure may be implemented by using afirmware or a software in a form of a code, a command and/or a set ofcommands.

One or more memories 104, 204 may be connected to one or more processors102, 202 and may store data, a signal, a message, information, aprogram, a code, an instruction and/or a command in various forms. Oneor more memories 104, 204 may be configured with ROM, RAM, EPROM, aflash memory, a hard drive, a register, a cash memory, a computerreadable storage medium and/or their combination. One or more memories104, 204 may be positioned inside and/or outside one or more processors102, 202. In addition, one or more memories 104, 204 may be connected toone or more processors 102, 202 through a variety of technologies suchas a wire or wireless connection.

One or more transceivers 106, 206 may transmit user data, controlinformation, a wireless signal/channel, etc. mentioned in methods and/oroperation flow charts, etc. of the present disclosure to one or moreother devices. One or more transceivers 106, 206 may receiver user data,control information, a wireless signal/channel, etc. mentioned indescription, functions, procedures, proposals, methods and/or operationflow charts, etc. disclosed in the present disclosure from one or moreother devices. For example, one or more transceivers 106, 206 may beconnected to one or more processors 102, 202 and may transmit andreceive a wireless signal. For example, one or more processors 102, 202may control one or more transceivers 106, 206 to transmit user data,control information or a wireless signal to one or more other devices.In addition, one or more processors 102, 202 may control one or moretransceivers 106, 206 to receive user data, control information or awireless signal from one or more other devices. In addition, one or moretransceivers 106, 206 may be connected to one or more antennas 108, 208and one or more transceivers 106, 206 may be configured to transmit andreceive user data, control information, a wireless signal/channel, etc.mentioned in description, functions, procedures, proposals, methodsand/or operation flow charts, etc. disclosed in the present disclosurethrough one or more antennas 108, 208. In the present disclosure, one ormore antennas may be a plurality of physical antennas or a plurality oflogical antennas (e.g., an antenna port). One or more transceivers 106,206 may convert a received wireless signal/channel, etc. into a basebandsignal from a RF band signal to process received user data, controlinformation, wireless signal/channel, etc. by using one or moreprocessors 102, 202. One or more transceivers 106, 206 may convert userdata, control information, a wireless signal/channel, etc. which areprocessed by using one or more processors 102, 202 from a basebandsignal to a RF band signal. Therefor, one or more transceivers 106, 206may include an (analogue) oscillator and/or a filter.

FIG. 40 illustrates a vehicle device according to an embodiment of thepresent disclosure.

In reference to FIG. 40 , a vehicle 100 may include a communication unit110, a control unit 120, a memory unit 130, an input and output unit 140a and a positioning unit 140 b.

A communication unit 110 may transmit and receive a signal (e.g., data,a control signal, etc.) with external devices of other vehicle, or abase station, etc. A control unit 120 may perform a variety ofoperations by controlling elements of a vehicle 100. A control unit 120may control a memory unit 130 and/or a communication unit 110 and may beconfigured to implement descriptions, functions, procedures, proposals,methods and/or operation flow charts included in the present disclosure.A memory unit 130 may store data/a parameter/a program/a code/a commandsupporting a variety of functions of a vehicle 100. An input and outputunit 140 a may output an AR/VR object based on information in a memoryunit 130. An input and output unit 140 a may include HUD. A positioningunit 140 b may obtain position information of a vehicle 100. Positioninformation may include absolute position information, positioninformation in a driving lane, acceleration information, positioninformation with a surrounding vehicle, etc. of a vehicle 100. Apositioning unit 140 b may include a GPS and a variety of sensors.

In an example, a communication unit 110 of a vehicle 100 may receive mapinformation, traffic information, etc. from an external server and storethem in a memory unit 130. A positioning unit 140 b may obtain vehicleposition information through a GPS and a variety of sensors and store itin a memory unit 130. A control unit 120 may generate a virtual objectbased on map information, traffic information and vehicle positioninformation, etc. and an input and output unit 140 a may indicate agenerated virtual object on a window in a vehicle 1410, 1420. Inaddition, a control unit 120 may determine whether a vehicle 100normally operates in a driving lane based on vehicle positioninformation. When a vehicle 100 is abnormally out of a driving lane, acontrol unit 120 may indicate a warning on a window in a vehicle throughan input and output unit 140 a. In addition, a control unit 120 may senda warning message on abnormal driving to surrounding vehicles through acommunication unit 110. According to a situation, a control unit 120 maytransmit position information of a vehicle and information on adriving/vehicle problem to a relative agency through a communicationunit 110.

Embodiments described above are that elements and features of thepresent disclosure are combined in a predetermined form. Each element orfeature should be considered to be optional unless otherwise explicitlymentioned. Each element or feature may be implemented in a form that itis not combined with other element or feature. In addition, anembodiment of the present disclosure may include combining a part ofelements and/or features. An order of operations described inembodiments of the present disclosure may be changed. Some elements orfeatures of one embodiment may be included in other embodiment or may besubstituted with a corresponding element or a feature of otherembodiment. It is clear that an embodiment may include combining claimswithout an explicit dependency relationship in claims or may be includedas a new claim by amendment after application.

It is clear to a person skilled in the pertinent art that the presentdisclosure may be implemented in other specific form in a scope notgoing beyond an essential feature of the present disclosure.Accordingly, the above-described detailed description should not berestrictively construed in every aspect and should be considered to beillustrative. A scope of the present disclosure should be determined byreasonable construction of an attached claim and all changes within anequivalent scope of the present disclosure are included in a scope ofthe present disclosure.

A scope of the present disclosure includes software ormachine-executable commands (e.g., an operating system, an application,a firmware, a program, etc.) which execute an operation according to amethod of various embodiments in a device or a computer and anon-transitory computer-readable medium that such a software or acommand, etc. are stored and are executable in a device or a computer. Acommand which may be used to program a processing system performing afeature described in the present disclosure may be stored in a storagemedium or a computer-readable storage medium and a feature described inthe present disclosure may be implemented by using a computer programproduct including such a storage medium. A storage medium may include ahigh-speed random-access memory such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or otherrandom-access solid state memory device, but it is not limited thereto,and it may include a nonvolatile memory such as one or more magneticdisk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devicesor other nonvolatile solid state storage devices. A memory optionallyincludes one or more storage devices positioned remotely fromprocessor(s). A memory or alternatively, nonvolatile memory device(s) ina memory include a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. Afeature described in the present disclosure may be stored in any one ofmachine-readable mediums to control a hardware of a processing systemand may be integrated into a software and/or a firmware which allows aprocessing system to interact with other mechanism utilizing a resultfrom an embodiment of the present disclosure. Such a software or afirmware may include an application code, a device driver, an operatingsystem and an execution environment/container, but it is not limitedthereto.

Here, a wireless communication technology implemented in a wirelessdevice 100, 200 of the present disclosure may include NarrowbandInternet of Things for a low-power communication as well as LTE, NR and6G. Here, for example, an NB-IoT technology may be an example of a LPWAN(Low Power Wide Area Network) technology, may be implemented in astandard of LTE Cat NB1 and/or LTE Cat NB2, etc. and is not limited tothe above-described name. Additionally or alternatively, a wirelesscommunication technology implemented in a wireless device 100, 200 ofthe present disclosure may perform a communication based on a LTE-Mtechnology. Here, in an example, a LTE-M technology may be an example ofa LPWAN technology and may be referred to a variety of names such as aneMTC (enhanced Machine Type Communication), etc. For example, an LTE-Mtechnology may be implemented in at least any one of various standardsincluding 1) LTE CAT 0, 2) LTE Cat M1, 3) LTE Cat M2, 4) LTE non-BL(non-Bandwidth Limited), 5) LTE-MTC, 6) LTE Machine Type Communication,and/or 7) LTE M and so on and it is not limited to the above-describedname. Additionally or alternatively, a wireless communication technologyimplemented in a wireless device 100, 200 of the present disclosure mayinclude at least any one of a ZigBee, a Bluetooth and a low power widearea network (LPWAN) considering a low-power communication and it is notlimited to the above-described name. In an example, a ZigBee technologymay generate PAN (personal area networks) related to a small/low-powerdigital communication based on a variety of standards such as IEEE802.15.4, etc. and may be referred to as a variety of names.

INDUSTRIAL AVAILABILITY

A method proposed by the present disclosure is mainly described based onan example applied to 3GPP LTE/LTE-A, 5G system, but may be applied tovarious wireless communication systems other than the 3GPP LTE/LTE-A, 5Gsystem.

The invention claimed is:
 1. A method performed by a terminal in awireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving, from abase station, configuration information related to channel stateinformation (CSI) resource setting, wherein the configurationinformation includes information on a CSI-reference signal (CSI-RS)resource set; receiving a CSI-RS from the base station; andtransmitting, to the base station, CSI derived using the CSI-RS, whereinthe CSI-RS resource set is configured with two resource groups and N (Nis a natural number) resource pairs, wherein each of the N resourcepairs includes one resource of each of the two resource groups, whereineach of the N resource pairs is associated with one CSI-RS resourceindicator (CRI) value, and wherein a number of CSI processing units(CPUs) is determined based on adding a number of CPUs for the N resourcepairs to a number of resources in the CSI-RS resource set.
 2. The methodof claim 1, wherein the number of CPUs for the N resource pairs isdetermined based on multiplying a first number of CPUs occupied by oneresource pair by N, and wherein the first number is determined as twicea second number of CPUs occupied by one resource associated to a CRIvalue other than the N CRI values.
 3. The method of claim 1, wherein thenumber of CPUs for the N resource pairs is determined based on a numberof CSI-RS resources included in the two resource groups.
 4. The methodof claim 1, wherein the number of CPUs for the N resource pairs isdetermined based on twice a number of resource pairs configurable fromthe two resource groups.
 5. A terminal operating in a wirelesscommunication system, the terminal comprising: at least one transceiverfor transmitting and receiving a wireless signal; and at least oneprocessor for controlling the at least one transceiver, wherein the atleast one processor configured to: receive, from a base station,configuration information related to channel state information (CSI)resource setting, wherein the configuration information includesinformation on a CSI-reference signal (CSI-RS) resource set; receive aCSI-RS from the base station; and transmit, to the base station, CSIderived using the CSI-RS, wherein the CSI-RS resource set is configuredwith two resource groups and N (N is a natural number) resource pairs,wherein each of the N resource pairs includes one resource of each ofthe two resource groups, wherein each of the N resource pairs isassociated with one CSI-RS resource indicator (CRI) value, and wherein anumber of CSI processing units (CPUs) is determined based on adding anumber of CPUs for the N resource pairs to a number of resources in theCSI-RS resource set.
 6. The terminal of claim 5, wherein the number ofCPUs for the N resource pairs is determined based on multiplying a firstnumber of CPUs occupied by one resource pair by N, and wherein the firstnumber is determined as twice a second number of CPUs occupied by oneresource associated to a CRI value other than the N CRI values.
 7. Theterminal of claim 5, wherein the number of CPUs for the N resource pairsis determined based on a number of CSI-RS resources included in the tworesource groups.
 8. The terminal of claim 5, wherein the number of CPUsfor the N resource pairs is determined based on twice a number ofresource pairs configurable from the two resource groups.
 9. A basestation operating in a wireless communication system, the base stationcomprising: at least one transceiver for transmitting and receiving awireless signal; and at least one processor for controlling the at leastone transceiver, wherein the at least one processor configured to:transmit, to a terminal, configuration information related to channelstate information (CSI) resource setting, wherein the configurationinformation includes information on a CSI-reference signal (CSI-RS)resource set; transmit a CSI-RS to the terminal; and receive, from theterminal, CSI derived using the CSI-RS, wherein the CSI-RS resource setis configured with two resource groups and N (N is a natural number)resource pairs, wherein each of the N resource pairs includes oneresource of each of the two resource groups, wherein each of the Nresource pairs is associated with one CSI-RS resource indicator (CRI)value, and wherein a number of CSI processing units (CPUs) is determinedbased on adding a number of CPUs for the N resource pairs to a number ofresources in the CSI-RS resource set.